diff --git a/locale/sources/administration.pot b/locale/sources/administration.pot index 5a8a5592e..cfedaed9f 100644 --- a/locale/sources/administration.pot +++ b/locale/sources/administration.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-06 08:12+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -1477,7 +1477,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:19 @@ -1513,7 +1513,7 @@ msgid "API permissions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:49 -msgid "The :guilabel:`API permissions` should be set next. Odoo will need specific API permissions to be able to read (IMAP) and send (IMAP) emails in the Microsoft 365 setup. First, click the :guilabel:`API permissions` link, located in the left menu bar. Next, click on the :guilabel:`(+) Add a Permission` button and select :guilabel:`Microsoft Graph` under :guilabel:`Commonly Used Microsoft APIs`. After, select the :guilabel:`Delegated Permissions` option." +msgid "The :guilabel:`API permissions` should be set next. Odoo will need specific API permissions to be able to read (IMAP) and send (SMTP) emails in the Microsoft 365 setup. First, click the :guilabel:`API permissions` link, located in the left menu bar. Next, click on the :guilabel:`(+) Add a Permission` button and select :guilabel:`Microsoft Graph` under :guilabel:`Commonly Used Microsoft APIs`. After, select the :guilabel:`Delegated Permissions` option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:55 @@ -1610,7 +1610,7 @@ msgid "This completes the setup on the :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Portal` side." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:136 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@ msgid "Outlook Credentials in Odoo General Settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:159 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:102 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:127 msgid "Configure outgoing email server" msgstr "" @@ -1781,7 +1781,7 @@ msgid "Some search engines provide tools for web admins, such as `Google Search msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:74 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/pages/seo`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 @@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:19 @@ -2282,82 +2282,102 @@ msgid "Create a new project" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:24 -msgid "To get started, go to the `Google API Platform `_. Log in with your *Google Workspace* account if you have one, otherwise log in with your personal Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in Odoo)." +msgid "To get started, go to the `Google API Console `_. Log in with your *Google Workspace* account if you have one, otherwise log in with your personal Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in Odoo)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:29 -msgid "After that, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, located on the far right of the OAuth consent screen. If a project has already been created in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on the top left under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:28 +msgid "After that, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, located on the far right of the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen`. If a project has already been created in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on the top right under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:33 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`New Project` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Project name` to `Odoo` and browse for the :guilabel:`Location`. Set the :guilabel:`Location` as the `Google Workspace` organization. If you are using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as `No Organization`." +msgid "On the :menuselection:`New Project` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Project name` to `Odoo` and browse for the :guilabel:`Location`. Set the :guilabel:`Location` as the *Google Workspace organization*. If you are using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as :guilabel:`No Organization`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:-1 -msgid "Project Name and Location for Google Oauth." +msgid "Project Name and Location for Google OAuth." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:41 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step. On the next screen, :guilabel:`User Type` options, select the :guilabel:`External` option, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally navigate to the :guilabel:`Edit app registration` page." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:42 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:46 -msgid "Edit app registration" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:45 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:48 -msgid "On the :guilabel:`Oauth consent screen` step, under the :guilabel:`App information` section, enter `Odoo` in the :guilabel:`App name` field. Select the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email field." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:47 +msgid "If the page doesn't redirect to the :menuselection:`User Type` options, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` in the left menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:51 -msgid "Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on :guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:50 +msgid "Under :guilabel:`User Type` options, select the appropriate :guilabel:`User Type`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally navigate to the :menuselection:`Edit app registration` page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:53 -msgid "After that, under the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section, enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to notify the organization about any changes to your project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:56 -msgid "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:57 -msgid "Then, skip the :guilabel:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:55 +msgid "*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User Type to be used." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:59 -msgid "Next, add the email being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on :guilabel:`Add Users` and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A summary of the :guilabel:`App registration` appears." +msgid "Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:62 -msgid "Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63 +msgid "Edit app registration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:65 -msgid "Create Credentials" +msgid "Next we will configure the app registration of the project." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:67 -msgid "Now that you have set up the project, you need to create credentials, which includes the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. First, click on :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." +msgid "On the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` step, under the :guilabel:`App information` section, enter `Odoo` in the :guilabel:`App name` field. Select the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:71 -msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID` from the dropdown menu." +msgid "Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on :guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:74 +msgid "After that, under the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section, enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to notify the organization about any changes to your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:78 +msgid "Next, click on the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. Then, skip the :menuselection:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:81 +msgid "If continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on :guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:85 +msgid "Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard` to finish setting up the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:89 +msgid "Create Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:91 +msgid "Now that the project is set up, credentials should be created, which includes the *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. First, click on :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:94 +msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID` from the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:97 msgid "Under :guilabel:`Application Type`, select :guilabel:`Web Application` from the dropdown menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:75 -msgid "In the :guilabel:`Client ID` field, enter `Odoo`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:98 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter `Odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:76 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` label, click the button :guilabel:`ADD URI`, and then input `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the :guilabel:`URIs 1` field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with your actual Odoo database name." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:99 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` label, click the button :guilabel:`ADD URI`, and then input `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the :guilabel:`URIs 1` field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with the actual Odoo database name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:102 msgid "Next, click on :guilabel:`Create` to generate an OAuth :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Finally, copy each generated value for later use when configuring in Odoo, and then navigate to the Odoo database." msgstr "" @@ -2365,71 +2385,75 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Client ID and Client Secret for Google OAuth." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:114 msgid "Enter Google Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:93 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:116 msgid "First, open Odoo and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in `Google`. Install the module called :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:96 -msgid "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials`. Then, copy and paste the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` into the respective fields and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:120 +msgid "Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` or :guilabel:`External Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials` or :guilabel:`Use a Gmail Sever`. Then, copy and paste the respective values into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:104 -msgid "After that, on the :guilabel:`General Settings` page, under :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, click :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` to configure the external Gmail account." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:129 +msgid "To configure the external Gmail account, return to the top of the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:-1 msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 -msgid "Then, :guilabel:`Create` a new email server and select the option for :guilabel:`Gmail`. Next, fill in the :guilabel:`Description` (can be anything) and the email :guilabel:`Username` and click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail account`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:136 +msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`New` or :guilabel:`Create` to create a new email server, and fill in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and the email :guilabel:`Username` (if required)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:115 -msgid "A new window from :guilabel:`Google` opens to complete the authorization process. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in Odoo." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:139 +msgid "Next, click on :guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication` or :guilabel:`Gmail` (under the :guilabel:`Authenticate with` or :guilabel:`Connection` section). Finally, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:118 -msgid "If the email address is a personal account, an extra step pops up, click :guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail account to Odoo." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:143 +msgid "A new window labeled :guilabel:`Google` opens to complete the authorization process. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:121 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:146 +msgid "If the email address is a personal account, then an extra step pops up, so click :guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail account to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:149 msgid "Then, allow Odoo to access the Google account by clicking on :guilabel:`Continue` or :guilabel:`Allow`. After that, the page navigates back to the newly configured outgoing email server in Odoo. The configuration automatically loads the token in Odoo, and a tag stating :guilabel:`Gmail Token Valid` appears in green." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:130 -msgid "Finally, save the settings and :guilabel:`Test the Connection`. A confirmation message should appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google using OAuth authentication." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:158 +msgid "Finally, :guilabel:`Test the Connection`. A confirmation message should appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:135 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:162 msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:138 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:165 msgid "Production VS Testing Publishing Status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:140 -msgid "Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` (instead of Testing) will display the following warning message:" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:167 +msgid "Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` (instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) will display the following warning message:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:-1 msgid "OAuth is Limited to 100 Sensitive Scope Logins." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:147 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:174 msgid "To correct this warning, navigate to the `Google API Platform `_. If the :guilabel:`Publishing status` is :guilabel:`In Production`, click :guilabel:`Back to Testing` to correct the issue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:152 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:179 msgid "No Test Users Added" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:181 msgid "If no test users are added to the OAuth consent screen, then a 403 access denied error will populate." msgstr "" @@ -2437,44 +2461,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "403 Access Denied Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:188 msgid "To correct this error, return to the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` under :guilabel:`APIs & Services` and add test user(s) to the app. Add the email that you are configuring in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:166 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:192 msgid "Gmail Module not updated" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:168 -msgid "If the :guilabel:`Gmail Module` in Odoo has not been updated to the latest version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:194 +msgid "If the *Google Gmail* module in Odoo has not been updated to the latest version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:-1 msgid "Forbidden you don't have the permission to access the requested resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:175 -msgid "To correct this error, go to the :guilabel:`Apps` module and clear out the search terms. Then, search for `Gmail` or `Google` and upgrade the :guilabel:`Google Gmail` module. Finally, click on the three dots on the upper right of the module and select :guilabel:`Upgrade`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:201 +msgid "To correct this error, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` module and clear out the search terms. Then, search for `Gmail` or `Google` and upgrade the :guilabel:`Google Gmail` module. Finally, click on the three dots on the upper right of the module and select :guilabel:`Upgrade`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:206 msgid "Application Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:182 -msgid "When creating the :guilabel:`Credentials` (OAuth Client ID and Client Secret), if :guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:208 +msgid "When creating the credentials (OAuth *Client ID* and *Client Secret*), if :guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:-1 msgid "Error 400 Redirect URI Mismatch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:190 -msgid "To correct this error, delete the credentials already created and create new credentials, selecting :guilabel:`Web Application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Then, under :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs`, click :guilabel:`ADD URI` and type: `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:196 -msgid "Replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the Odoo database name." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:215 +msgid "To correct this error, delete the credentials already created and create new credentials, selecting :guilabel:`Web Application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Then, under :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs`, click :guilabel:`ADD URI` and type: `https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the field, being sure to replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the Odoo database name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:6 diff --git a/locale/sources/contributing.pot b/locale/sources/contributing.pot index 4f643bf3b..16faead7a 100644 --- a/locale/sources/contributing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/contributing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-06 08:12+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -255,115 +255,115 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In the command below, replace `` with the name of the GitHub account on which you created the fork(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:56 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:57 msgid "If you have access to `odoo/enterprise`, configure the related remote too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:62 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:64 msgid "Link Git with odoo-dev" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:72 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:76 msgid "That's it! You are ready to :ref:`make your first contribution `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:79 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:83 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:158 msgid "Make your first contribution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:82 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:86 msgid "Odoo development can be challenging for beginners. We recommend you to be knowledgeable enough to code a small module before contributing. If that is not the case, take some time to go through the :doc:`developer tutorials ` to fill in the gaps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:85 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:89 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:204 msgid "Some steps of this guide require to be comfortable with Git. Here are some `tutorials `_ and an `interactive training `_ if you are stuck at some point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:89 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:93 msgid "Now that your environment is set up, you can start contributing to the codebase. In a terminal, navigate to the directory where you installed Odoo from sources and follow the guide below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:92 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:96 msgid "Choose the version of Odoo to which you want to make changes. Keep in mind that contributions targeting an :doc:`unsupported version of Odoo ` are not accepted. This guide assumes that the changes target Odoo 16, which corresponds to branch `16.0`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:96 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:100 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:216 msgid "Create a new branch starting from branch 16.0. Prefix the branch name with the base branch: `16.0-...`. If you work at Odoo, suffix the branch name with your Odoo handle: `16.0-...-xyz`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:110 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:114 msgid "`Sign the Odoo CLA `_ if not already done. Skip this step if you work at Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:112 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:116 msgid "Make the desired changes to the codebase. When working on the codebase, follow these rules:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:114 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:118 msgid "Keep your changes focused and specific. It is best to work on one particular feature or bug fix at a time rather than tackle multiple unrelated changes simultaneously." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:116 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:120 msgid "Respect the `stable policy `_ when working in another branch than `master`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:119 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:123 msgid "Follow the :doc:`coding guidelines `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:120 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:124 msgid "Test your changes thoroughly and :doc:`write tests ` to ensure that everything is working as expected and that there are no regressions or unintended consequences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:124 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:128 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:249 msgid "Commit your changes. Write a clear commit message as instructed in the :doc:`Git guidelines `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:132 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:136 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:257 msgid "Push your change to your fork, for which we added the remote alias `dev`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:140 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:144 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:274 msgid "Open a :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` on GitHub to submit your changes for review." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:142 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:146 msgid "Go to the `compare page of the odoo/odoo codebase `_, or the `compare page of the odoo/enterprise codebase `_, depending on which codebase your changes target." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:146 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:150 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:278 msgid "Select **16.0** for the base." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:147 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:151 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:279 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`compare across forks`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:148 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:152 msgid "Select **/odoo** or **/enterprise** for the head repository. Replace `` with the name of the GitHub account on which you created the fork or by **odoo-dev** if you work at Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:151 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:155 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:192 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:283 msgid "Review your changes and click on the :guilabel:`Create pull request` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:152 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:156 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:193 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:284 msgid "Tick the :guilabel:`Allow edits from maintainer` checkbox. Skip this step if you work at Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:153 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:157 #: ../../content/contributing/documentation.rst:286 msgid "Complete the description and click on the :guilabel:`Create pull request` button again." msgstr "" @@ -373,7 +373,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As soon as your :abbr:`PR (Pull Request)` is ready for merging, a member of the Odoo team will be automatically assigned for review. If the reviewer has questions or remarks, they will post them as comments and you will be notified by email. Those comments must be resolved for the contribution to go forward." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:157 +#: ../../content/contributing/development.rst:161 msgid "Once your changes are approved, the review merges them and they become available for all Odoo users after the next code update!" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/finance.pot b/locale/sources/finance.pot index 1b25174d2..c4f3dc713 100644 --- a/locale/sources/finance.pot +++ b/locale/sources/finance.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 05:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 @@ -1088,6 +1088,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" msgstr "" @@ -3872,7 +3874,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:259 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:140 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:295 msgid "Journals" msgstr "" @@ -5682,18 +5684,26 @@ msgid "For Norwegian companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:50 -msgid "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" +msgid "SG BIS Billing 3.0" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:51 +msgid "For Singaporean companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 +msgid "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:53 msgid "For Australian/New Zealand companies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:56 msgid ":ref:`fiscal_localizations/packages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:63 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> Electronic Invoicing` and enable the formats you need for this journal." msgstr "" @@ -5701,85 +5711,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select the EDI format you need" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:70 msgid "Once an electronic invoicing format is enabled, XML documents are generated when clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm` in documents such as invoices, credit notes, etc. These documents are either visible in the attachment section, or embedded in the PDF." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 msgid "For E-FFF, the xml file only appears after having generated the PDF (:guilabel:`Print` or :guilabel:`Send & Print` button), since the PDF needs to be embedded inside the xml." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:77 msgid "Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option :guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like Chorus Pro." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 msgid "The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's :guilabel:`General Information`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 msgid "Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via existing access points." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:84 -msgid "Add new formats to a database created before July 2022" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:86 -msgid "If your database was created before July 2022 and you wish to use one of the formats available from July 2022, you have to :ref:`install ` the module :guilabel:`Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII` (module’s technical name: `account_edi_ubl_cii`) and your country-specific module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:92 -msgid "If you want to use the Belgian format E-FFF in a database created prior to July 2022, you need to :ref:`install `:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:98 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 -msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:100 -msgid "Belgium - E-Invoicing (UBL 2.0, e-fff)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:101 -msgid "`l10n_be_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:102 -msgid "Import/Export electronic invoices with UBL/CII" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:103 -msgid "`account_edi_ubl_cii`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:106 -msgid "Once the new module is installed, UBL 2.0 and UBL 2.1 formats no longer appear in the journal since UBL BIS Billing 3.0 is available and more widely supported." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" msgstr "" @@ -10453,6 +10404,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the features of the Argentinean localization:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:28 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 @@ -11555,7 +11531,7 @@ msgid "The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases host msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 msgid "Odoo Online" msgstr "" @@ -11645,7 +11621,7 @@ msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:74 -msgid "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding>` feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of `0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." +msgid "The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of `0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:77 @@ -12313,8 +12289,6 @@ msgid "Invoice tab with origin document number and data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:139 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:306 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:449 msgid "Invoice PDF Report" msgstr "" @@ -12836,7 +12810,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:240 msgid "Workflow" msgstr "" @@ -12982,8 +12956,8 @@ msgid "**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:385 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" @@ -14686,8 +14660,6 @@ msgid "These codes are confidential and should be stored safely." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:254 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:25 @@ -16353,311 +16325,564 @@ msgid "`l10n_in_edi_ewaybill`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:27 -msgid ":ref:`Indian E-waybill integration `" +msgid ":ref:`Indian E-way bill integration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - GSTR India eFiling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_in_reports_gstr`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Indian GST Return filing `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:32 -msgid "Indian e-invoicing" +msgid "`l10n_in_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:33 +msgid ":ref:`Indian tax reports `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:34 -msgid "Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) e-Invoice system** requirements." +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Purchase Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_in_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:36 +msgid "Indian GST Purchase report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:37 -msgid "Indian e-invoicing is available from Odoo 15.0. If needed, :doc:`upgrade ` your database." +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Sale Report(GST)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:43 -msgid "Registration on your NIC e-Invoice web portal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_in_sale`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:45 -msgid "You must register on the **NIC e-Invoice** web portal to get your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:39 +msgid "Indian GST Sale report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:48 -msgid "Log in to the NIC e-Invoice web portal at https://einvoice1.gst.gov.in/ by clicking on :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Stock Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_in_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:42 +msgid "Indian GST Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "Indian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:50 +msgid "e-Invoice system" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:52 -msgid "If you have already registered on the NIC Eway Bill Production portal, then you can use the same login credentials here." +msgid "Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) e-Invoice system** requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:60 +msgid "NIC e-Invoice registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:62 +msgid "You must register on the :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` e-Invoice portal to get your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:66 +msgid "Log in to the `NIC e-Invoice portal `_ by clicking :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:70 +msgid "If you are already registered on the NIC portal, you can use the same login credentials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 msgid "Register Odoo ERP system on e-invoice web portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:59 -msgid "From your dashboard, go to :menuselection:`API Registration --> User Credentials --> Create API User`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:75 +msgid "From the dashboard, go to :menuselection:`API Registration --> User Credentials --> Create API User`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "Click on User Credentials and Create API User" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:77 +msgid "After that, you should receive an :abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code on your registered mobile number. Enter the OTP code and click :guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:66 -msgid "After that, you receive an :abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code to your registered mobile number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:231 -msgid "Enter the OTP code and click on :guilabel:`Verify OTP`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "Trigger an OTP to your registered phone number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:73 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Through GSP` in the first field, select :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as your GSP, and type in a :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` for your API." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:79 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Through GSP` for the API interface, set :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as GSP, and type in a :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` for your API. Once it is done, click :guilabel:`Submit`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 msgid "Submit API specific Username and Password" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:80 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Submit`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:228 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:87 -msgid "To set up the e-invoice service, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic Invoicing`, and enter the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:91 +msgid "To enable the e-Invoice service in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic Invoicing`, and enter the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` previously set for the API." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 msgid "Setup e-invoice service" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:99 -msgid "Your default *sales* journal should be already configured correctly. You can check it or configure other journals by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`. Then, open your *sales* journal, and in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, under :guilabel:`Electronic Data Interchange`, check :guilabel:`E-Invoice (IN)` and :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:103 +msgid "To automatically send e-Invoices to the NIC e-Invoice portal, you must first configure your *sales* journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, opening your *sales* journal, and in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, under :guilabel:`Electronic Data Interchange`, enable :guilabel:`E-Invoice (IN)` and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:118 +msgid "Once an invoice is validated, a confirmation message is displayed at the top. Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file of validated invoices to the NIC e-Invoice portal after some time. If you want to process the invoice immediately, click :guilabel:`Process now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "Journal configuration" +msgid "Indian e-invoicing confirmation message" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:113 -msgid "To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or the invoice menu in the Accounting application." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:266 +msgid "You can find the JSON-signed file in the attached files in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:121 -msgid "Once the invoice is validated, a confirmation message is displayed at the top." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:123 -msgid "Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file to the government portal after a while. If you want to process the invoice immediately, you can click on :guilabel:`Process Now`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "Indian e-invoicing confirmation message: \"The invoice will be processed asynchronously by\n" -"the following E-invoicing service : E-Invoice (IN)\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:132 -msgid "You can find the JSON-signed file in the attached files, in the chatter." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:127 +msgid "You can check the document's :abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)` status under the :guilabel:`EDI Document` tab or the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field of the invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 -msgid "You can check the status of EDI with web-service under the :guilabel:`EDI Document` tab or the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 +msgid "Invoice PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:141 -msgid "Once the invoice is submitted and validated, you can print the invoice PDF report. The report includes the :abbr:`IRN (Invoice Reference Number)`, acknowledgment number and date, and QR code. They certify that the invoice is a valid fiscal document." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:135 +msgid "Once an invoice is validated and submitted, the invoice PDF report can be printed. The report includes the :abbr:`IRN (Invoice Reference Number)`, :guilabel:`Ack. No` (acknowledgment number) and :guilabel:`Ack. Date` (acknowledgment date), and QR code. These certify that the invoice is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 msgid "IRN and QR code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:152 -msgid "EDI Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:146 +msgid "e-Invoice cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:148 +msgid "If you want to cancel an e-Invoice, go to the :guilabel:`Other info` tab of the invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Request EDI cancellation`. The status of the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field changes to :guilabel:`To Cancel`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:154 -msgid "If you want to cancel an e-invoice, go to the :guilabel:`Other info` tab of the invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click on :guilabel:`Request EDI cancellation`. The status of the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field changes to :guilabel:`To Cancel`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:325 -msgid "Doing so cancels both the :ref:`E-invoice ` and the :ref:`E-waybill `." +msgid "Doing so cancels both the :ref:`e-Invoice ` and the :ref:`E-Way bill `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 msgid "cancel reason and remarks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:168 -msgid "If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, then click on :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:161 +msgid "If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, then click :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:163 +msgid "Once you request to cancel the e-Invoice, Odoo automatically submits the JSON-signed file to the NIC e-Invoice portal. You can click :guilabel:`Process now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:170 -msgid "Once you request to cancel the e-invoice, Odoo automatically submits the JSON Signed file to the government portal. You can click on :guilabel:`Process Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgid "GST e-Invoice verification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:172 +msgid "After submitting an e-Invoice, you can verify if the invoice is signed from the GST e-Invoice system website itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:175 +msgid "Download the JSON file from the attached files. It can be found in the chatter of the related invoice;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:177 -msgid "Verify the e-invoice from the GST" +msgid "Open the `NIC e-Invoice portal `_ and go to :menuselection:`Search --> Verify Signed Invoice`;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:179 -msgid "After submitting an e-invoice, you can also verify the signed invoice from the GST e-Invoice system website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:182 -msgid "Download the JSON file from the attached files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:183 -msgid "Open the e-invoice portal: https://einvoice1.gst.gov.in/ and go to :menuselection:`Search --> Verify Signed Invoice`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:185 -msgid "Select the JSON file and submit it." +msgid "Select the JSON file and submit it;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 msgid "select the JSON file for verify invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:191 -msgid "You can check the verified signed e-invoice here." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:184 +msgid "If the file is signed, a confirmation message is displayed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 msgid "verified e-invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:200 -msgid "Indian E-waybill" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:192 +msgid "E-Way bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:197 msgid "Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) E-waybill system** requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:205 -msgid "Indian E-waybill is available from Odoo 15.0. If needed, :doc:`upgrade ` your database." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:202 +msgid "API registration on NIC E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:204 +msgid "You must register on the :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` E-Way bill portal to create your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:208 +msgid "Log in to the `NIC E-Way bill portal `_ by clicking :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:210 +msgid "From your dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Registration --> For GSP`;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:211 -msgid "API Registration on your NIC E-waybill web portal" +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Send OTP`. Once you have received the code on your registered mobile number, enter it and click :guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:213 -msgid "You must register on the **NIC E-waybill** web portal to create your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:216 -msgid "Log in to the NIC E-waybill web portal at https://ewaybillgst.gov.in/ by clicking on :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +msgid "Check if :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` is already on the registered GSP/ERP list. If so, use the username and password used to log in to the NIC portal. Otherwise, follow the next steps;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "E-waybill login" +msgid "E-Way bill list of registered GSP/ERP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:223 -msgid "From your dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Registration --> For GSP`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "E-waybill registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:229 -msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Send OTP`; you should receive an :abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code to your registered mobile number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "E-waybill OTP verification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:237 -msgid "Check if :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` is already on the list of registered GSP/ERP. If so, use this username and password. Otherwise, follow the next steps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 -msgid "E-waybill list of registered GSP/ERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:244 -msgid "Select :guilabel:`Add/New`, select :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as your GSP Name, create a :guilabel:`Username` and a :guilabel:`Password` for your API, and click on :guilabel:`Add`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:219 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Add/New`, select :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as your GSP Name, create a :guilabel:`Username` and a :guilabel:`Password` for your API, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 msgid "Submit GSP API registration details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:256 -msgid "To set up the E-waybill service, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic WayBill --> Setup E-Waybill`, and enter your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:230 +msgid "To set up the E-Way bill service, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic WayBill --> Setup E-Way bill`, and enter your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "E-waybill setup odoo" +msgid "E-way bill setup odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:269 -msgid "To issue an E-waybill from Odoo, you must create an invoice/bill with the details of the E-waybill using the standard invoicing/bill flow (either from a sales/purchase order or the invoice/bill menu in Accounting)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:245 +msgid "Send an E-Way bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:276 -msgid "Send an E-waybill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:278 -msgid "You can manually send an E-waybill by clicking on :guilabel:`Send E-waybill`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:247 +msgid "You can manually send an E-Way bill by clicking :guilabel:`Send E-Way bill`. To send the E-Way bill automatically when an invoice or a bill is confirmed, enable :guilabel:`E-Way bill (IN)` in your :ref:`Sales or Purchase journal `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 msgid "Send E-waybill button on invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:284 -msgid "To send the E-waybill automatically when you confirm an invoice or a bill, enable :guilabel:`E-waybill (IN)` in your :ref:`Sale/Purchase Journal `." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:259 +msgid "Once an invoice has been issued and sent via :guilabel:`Send E-Way bill`, a confirmation message is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:292 -msgid "Once you have issued the invoice and clicked on :guilabel:`Send E-waybill`, a confirmation message is displayed." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "Indian e-Way bill confirmation message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:267 +msgid "Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file to the government portal after some time. Click :guilabel:`Process now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:273 +msgid "You can print the invoice PDF report once you have submitted the E-Way bill. The report includes the **E-Way bill number** and the **E-Way bill validity date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "E-way bill acknowledgment number and date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:282 +msgid "E-Way bill cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:284 +msgid "If you want to cancel an E-Way bill, go to the :guilabel:`E-Way bill` tab of the related invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:289 +msgid "Doing so cancels both the :ref:`e-Invoice ` (if applicable) and the :ref:`E-Way bill `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 +msgid "Cancel reason and remarks" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:296 -msgid "Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file to the government portal after a while. You can click on :guilabel:`Process Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgid "If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, click :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:298 -msgid "You can find the JSON-signed file in the attached files in the chatter." +msgid "Once you request to cancel the E-Way bill, Odoo automatically submits the JSON-signed file to the government portal. You can click :guilabel:`Process Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "Indian e-waybill confirmation message: \"The invoice will be processed asynchronously by\n" -"the following E-waybill service : E-waybill (IN)\"" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:305 +msgid "Indian GST Return filing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:308 -msgid "You can print the invoice PDF report once you have submitted the E-waybill. The report includes the **E-waybill number** and the **E-waybill validity date**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:310 +msgid "Enable API access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:-1 -msgid "E-waybill acknowledgment number and date" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:312 +msgid "To file GST Returns in Odoo, you must first enable API access on the GST portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:318 -msgid "E-waybill Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:314 +msgid "Log into the `GST portal `_ by entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`, and go to :guilabel:`My Profile` on your **profile menu**;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:320 -msgid "If you want to cancel an E-waybill, go to the :guilabel:`eWayBill` tab of the invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click on :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Click On the My Profile from profile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:333 -msgid "If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, click on :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:321 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Manage API Access`, and click :guilabel:`Yes` to enable API access;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:335 -msgid "If the E-invoice is applicable for this invoice, then it will also be canceled." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Click Yes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:336 -msgid "Once you request to cancel the E-waybill, Odoo automatically submits the JSON Signed file to the government portal. You can click on :guilabel:`Process Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:326 +msgid "Doing so enables a :guilabel:`Duration` drop-down menu. Select the :guilabel:`Duration` of your preference, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:332 +msgid "Indian GST Service In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:334 +msgid "Once you have enabled the :ref:`API access ` on the GST portal, you can set up the :guilabel:`Indian GST Service` in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:337 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian GST Service` and enter the :guilabel:`GST Username`. Click :guilabel:`Send OTP`, enter the code, and finally, :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Please enter your GST portal Username as Username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:347 +msgid "File-in GST Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:349 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Indian GST Service` is configured, you can file your GST return. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> India --> GST Return periods` and create a new **GST Return Period** if it does not exist. GST Return file-in is done in **three steps** in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:354 +msgid "**Tax Return Periodicity** can be :doc:`configured <../accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` according to the user's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:361 +msgid "Send GSTR-1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:363 +msgid "The user can verify the :ref:`GSTR-1 ` report before uploading it to the **GST portal** by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-1 Report`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:365 +msgid "If the **GSTR-1** report is correct, then click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to send it to the **GST portal**. The status of the :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report changes to :guilabel:`Sending`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Sending Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:371 +msgid "After a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-1** report changes to :guilabel:`Waiting for Status`. It means that the **GSTR-1** report has been sent to the :guilabel:`GST Portal` and is being verified on the :guilabel:`GST Portal`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Waiting for Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:378 +msgid "Once more, after a few seconds, the status either changes to :guilabel:`Sent` or :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`. The status :guilabel:`Error in Invoice` indicates that some of the invoices are not correctly filled out to be validated by the **GST portal**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:382 +msgid "If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Sent`, it means your **GSTR-1** report is ready to be filed on the **GST portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:388 +msgid "If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`, invoices can be checked for errors in the :guilabel:`Log Note`. Once issues have been resolved, the user can click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to submit the file again on the **GST portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice Log" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:398 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Mark as Filed` after filing the **GSTR-1** report on the **GST portal**. The status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Filed` in **Odoo**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Filed Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:407 +msgid "Receive GSTR-2B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:409 +msgid "Users can retrieve the **GSTR-2B Report** from the **GST portal**. This automatically reconciles the **GSTR-2B** report with your Odoo bills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:412 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Fetch GSTR-2B Summary` to retrieve the **GSTR-2B** summary. After a few seconds, the status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Waiting for Reception`. This means Odoo is trying to receive the **GSTR-2B** report from the **GST portal**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B in Waiting for Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:419 +msgid "Once more, after a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-2B** changes to the :guilabel:`Being Processed`. It means Odoo is reconciling the **GSTR-2B** report with your Odoo bills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:425 +msgid "Once it is done, the status of the **GSTR-2B** report changes to either :guilabel:`Matched` or :guilabel:`Partially Matched`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:428 +msgid "If the status is :guilabel:`Matched`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Matched" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:433 +msgid "If the status is :guilabel:`Partially Matched`, you can make changes in bills by clicking :guilabel:`View Reconciled Bills`. Once it is done, click :guilabel:`re-match`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Partially Matched" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Reconciled Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:490 +msgid "GSTR-3 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:447 +msgid "The :ref:`GSTR-3 ` report is a monthly summary of **sales** and **purchases**. This return is auto-generated by extracting information from **GSTR-1** and **GSTR-2**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:450 +msgid "Users can compare the **GSTR-3** report with the **GSTR-3** report available on the **GST portal** to verify if they match by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-3 Report`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:453 +msgid "Once the **GSTR-3** report has been verified by the user and the tax amount on the **GST portal** has been paid. Once paid, the report can be **closed** by clicking :guilabel:`Closing Entry`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:459 +msgid "In :guilabel:`Closing Entry`, add the tax amount paid on the **GST portal** using challan, and click :guilabel:`POST` to post the :guilabel:`Closing Entry`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Post Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:465 +msgid "Once posted, the **GSTR-3** report status changes to :guilabel:`Filed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Filed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:473 +msgid "Tax reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:478 +msgid "GSTR-1 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:480 +msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report is divided into sections. It displays the :guilabel:`Base` amount, :abbr:`CGST (Central Goods and Services Tax)`, :abbr:`SGST (State Goods and Service Tax)`, :abbr:`IGST (Integrated Goods and Services Tax)`, and :guilabel:`CESS` for each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:492 +msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-3` report contains different sections:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:494 +msgid "Details of inward and outward supply subject to a **reverse charge**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:495 +msgid "Eligible :abbr:`ITC (Income Tax Credit)`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:496 +msgid "Values of **exempt**, **Nil-rated**, and **non-GST** inward supply;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:497 +msgid "Details of inter-state supplies made to **unregistered** persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:3 @@ -20032,10 +20257,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice is a valid fiscal document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:-1 -msgid "Invoice PDF report" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:459 msgid "IAP Credits" msgstr "" @@ -21023,7 +21244,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:344 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 msgid "Configuration tab" msgstr "" @@ -21201,7 +21422,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:142 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" msgstr "" @@ -21320,7 +21541,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:124 msgid "Place a hold on a card" msgstr "" @@ -22163,121 +22384,121 @@ msgid "Link your Stripe Account with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`Use a Stripe payment terminal in Point of Sale <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe>`" +msgid ":doc:`Use a Stripe payment terminal in Point of Sale <../../sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:16 msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 msgid "Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:38 -msgid "Fill in the requested information and submit the form." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:39 -msgid "Confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." +msgid "Fill in the requested information and submit the form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:40 +msgid "Confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:25 msgid "At the end of the process, you are redirected to Odoo. If you submitted all the requested information, you are all set and your payment provider is enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:27 msgid "You can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:30 msgid "To use your own API keys, :ref:`activate the Developer mode ` and :ref:`enable Stripe manually `. You can then :ref:`Fill in your credentials `, :ref:`generate a webhook ` and enable the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:35 msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 msgid "At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider **Stripe** on Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 msgid ":ref:`Generate a webhook `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:44 msgid "Enable the payment provider." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:45 msgid "You are all set and can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:48 msgid "To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:53 msgid "If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your main database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 msgid "Fill in your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:61 msgid "In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 msgid ":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify the account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 msgid ":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:66 msgid ":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:69 msgid "To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API keys `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys --> Standard Keys`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 msgid "Generate a webhook" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:78 msgid "In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 msgid "Manage the webhook automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:84 msgid "Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are filled in, then click on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:88 msgid "To update the webhook, click once again on the :guilabel:`Generate your Webhook` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:90 msgid "Manage the webhook manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:92 msgid "Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint` in your :guilabel:`Hosted endpoints` and insert the following data into the pop-up form:" msgstr "" @@ -22293,79 +22514,79 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 msgid "At the bottom of the form, you can select events to listen to. Click on :guilabel:`Select events`. Then:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:103 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Payment Intent` section, select :guilabel:`payment_intent.amount_capturable_updated` and :guilabel:`payment_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Setup Intent` section, select :guilabel:`setup_intent.succeeded`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:109 msgid "It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 msgid "When you click on :guilabel:`Add endpoint`, your Webhook is configured. Click on :guilabel:`reveal` to display your signing secret." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 msgid "To update an existing webhook, click on it. Then, click on the three dots at the right side of the **Webhook URL** and on :guilabel:`Update details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:126 msgid "Stripe allows you to **capture an amount manually** instead of having an immediate capture. This feature earmarks an amount on the customer's account for a determined period of time that depends on the payment method used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 msgid "To set it up, enable the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually` option on Odoo, as explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:134 msgid "When the manual capture feature is activated, your customers are not able to proceed with any payment if unsupported payment methods are selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:138 msgid "Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that a partial capture from Stripe's interface is still managed as a full capture by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:147 msgid "Enable local payment methods" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:149 msgid "Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:152 msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 msgid "Bancontact" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 msgid "EPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 msgid "giropay" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 msgid "iDEAL" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:158 msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:160 msgid "To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers --> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you don't have anything to do." msgstr "" @@ -22373,47 +22594,47 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:170 msgid "If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:172 msgid "If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and cannot be enabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:177 msgid "Enable express checkout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:180 msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/features/express_checkout`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:182 msgid "After ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` checkbox, **Google Pay** is enabled out of the box, but **Apple Pay** requires extra steps: You must register your web domain with Apple. This can be done either automatically from Odoo, or manually from Stripe." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:187 msgid "Register automatically from Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 msgid "Navigate to your payment provider and make sure that it is :guilabel:`enabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:190 msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and click on the :guilabel:`Enable Apple Pay` button. A notification shows that the web domain was successfully registered with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:193 msgid "Register manually from Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:195 msgid "Visit the `Apple pay web domains page on Stripe `_, or log into your Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Payments methods --> Apple Pay --> Configure --> Web domains`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Add new domain` and insert the web domain of your Odoo database into the pop-up form. Odoo already hosts the verification file of Stripe. Click on :guilabel:`Add` to register your web domain with Apple." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:203 msgid "This operation must be repeated whenever your web domain changes." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/general.pot b/locale/sources/general.pot index 4b0537c29..839fb1631 100644 --- a/locale/sources/general.pot +++ b/locale/sources/general.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 05:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -238,15 +238,15 @@ msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 -msgid "The **Google Sign-In Authentication** is a useful function that allows your users to sign in to Odoo with their Google account." +msgid "The *Google Sign-In Authentication* is a useful function that allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 -msgid "This is particularly helpful if your organization uses Google Workforce and you want the employees within your organization to connect to Odoo with their Google Accounts." +msgid "This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Google Workspace, and wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their Google Accounts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 -msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/google`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:13 @@ -261,7 +261,7 @@ msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 -msgid "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." +msgid "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both on Google *and* Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 @@ -273,130 +273,150 @@ msgid "Go to the `Google API Dashboard ` msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:28 -msgid "Make sure the right project is opened. If you don't have a project yet, click on *Create Project*, fill out the project name and other details of your company, and click on *Create*." +msgid "Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Filling out the details of a new project" +msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:36 -msgid "Choose the name of your own company from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:42 msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:44 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Google oauth consent selection menu" +msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 -msgid "Choose the option for :guilabel:`internal`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 +msgid "Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Choice of a user type in oauth consent" +msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:55 -msgid "Fill out your details and domain info, then click on *Save and Continue*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:58 +msgid "*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 -msgid "On the **Scopes** page, leave all fields as is, and click on *Save and Continue*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:62 +msgid "Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 +msgid "Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:66 +msgid "On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 +msgid "Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on :guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 +msgid "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:76 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:78 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Credentials button menu" +msgid "Credentials button menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:69 -msgid "Click on *Create Credentials* and select **OAuth client ID**." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Oauth client id selection" +msgid "OAuth client id selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:75 -msgid "Select **Web Application** as the Application type. Now configure the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now, configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:78 -msgid "In order to achieve this, in the **Authorized redirect URIs** field, enter your database's domain immediately followed by ``/auth_oauth/signin``. For example: ``https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin``, then click on *Create*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:93 +msgid "In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field, enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Creating oauth client id" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:97 +msgid "Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the :guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:109 msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 -msgid "Once you have done the previous steps, two keys are generated on the Google API Dashboard: *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. Copy the *Client ID*." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:111 +msgid "Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the :guilabel:`Client ID`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:-1 -msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated" +msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:108 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate **OAuth Authentication**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:112 -msgid "You may have to log in again after this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:114 -msgid "Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations`, activate **Google Authentication**, then fill out the *Client ID* with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:125 -msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 -msgid "To link your Google account to your Odoo profile, click on *Log in with Google* when you are asked to choose a new password." +msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 +msgid "Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> Google Authentication` and activate the selection. Then fill out the :guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:134 -msgid "Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to access the *reset password* page, while new users can directly click on *Log in with Google* instead of choosing a new password." +msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:139 +msgid "Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:147 +msgid "To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google` when first logging into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:155 +msgid "Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:160 msgid "`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 `_" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot index 57c8af0c4..f9e43ad99 100644 --- a/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot +++ b/locale/sources/inventory_and_mrp.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 05:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -3125,6 +3125,7 @@ msgid "To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable :guilabel:`Mu msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41 msgid "Create a new warehouse" msgstr "" @@ -3233,43 +3234,219 @@ msgid "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too. msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 -msgid "When you plan to deliver a customer, you don't know in advance if the products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set those virtual warehouses." +msgid "While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:11 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9 +msgid "In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:13 -msgid "Let's say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on create." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:22 -msgid "The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, because you will need it later in the process." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23 +msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse A+B." +msgid "Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:34 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36 -msgid "Let's say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping information." +msgid "The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41 -msgid "You might find it handy to set the Warehouse A+B as the default warehouse for each sales person. This way each sale will use the Warehouse A+B as the default warehouse option." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43 +msgid "To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse :guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:47 -msgid "Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse A and one in warehouse B." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and :guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for individual products or product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:60 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the warehouse resupplies its inventory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components from this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they can be manufactured in this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input location first, and then transfer it to the production location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this warehouse from another chosen warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:75 +msgid "*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:83 +msgid "In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two *child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with physical stock locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "**Child Warehouses**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:97 +msgid "Create a virtual parent location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:100 +msgid "In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of the *virtual parent location* warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:103 +msgid "To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:108 +msgid "Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the :guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to :guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:111 +msgid "This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its *child locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:115 +msgid "Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122 +msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:124 +msgid "Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:128 +msgid "Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:132 +msgid "Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location (provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent location*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:138 +msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:141 +msgid "To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand in each warehouse, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:145 +msgid "To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:150 +msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the quotation into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:155 +msgid "Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the virtual warehouse location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:161 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the :guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales order to be pulled from different warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:165 +msgid "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location` field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168 +msgid "If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:170 +msgid "If whe :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure all settings/configuration were done properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:178 +msgid "Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the :guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:183 +msgid "To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the *Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:187 +msgid "Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then :guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to invoice for the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:192 +msgid "To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their employee form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:-1 +msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:3 @@ -5107,6 +5284,130 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +msgid "Add new equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +msgid "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +msgid "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, and configure the equipment as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an employee and a department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting :guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as a user can be assigned as a technician" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not work centers, like an office, for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to :menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 +msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +msgid "Include additional product information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between Failures)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's warranty will expire" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 +msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +msgid "Add maintenance details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to maintenance teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the equipment when it fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +msgid ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:-1 +msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +msgid "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of the form." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 msgid "Manufacturing management" msgstr "" @@ -6360,160 +6661,443 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 -msgid "There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: blanket orders and call for tenders." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 -msgid "Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 +msgid "By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk pricing with vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 -msgid "Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal among several vendors." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 +msgid "Create a new blanket order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 -msgid "From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Purchase Agreements*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 +msgid "To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 +msgid "To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) a new blanket order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 -msgid "Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure the:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 +msgid "From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term agreement must follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 -msgid "Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using *Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where you only want to select a single vendor." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official purchase agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 -msgid "Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-filled in with that information." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 -msgid "Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities of agreement*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Configure purchase agreements types in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*. Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. The other fields aren't mandatory." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 -msgid "Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is only used for informational purposes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Set up a blanket order in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order. By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 -msgid "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on *Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready to be used." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 +msgid "Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 -msgid "You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, product lines can also be pre-filled." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 +msgid "When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the price will remain **0**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 -msgid "From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 +msgid "To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where :guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Create new quotations for an ongoing blanket order in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 +msgid "From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated for the type of selection:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 -msgid "You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it to an existing *Blanket Order*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, multiple purchase orders are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and :guilabel:`Quantities` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 +msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 +msgid "And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be manually set by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 +msgid "Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 +msgid "After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 +msgid "Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 +msgid "After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 +msgid "To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending on the settings configured on the blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 +msgid "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 +msgid "Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase order that was just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 +msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 +msgid "To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 +msgid "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 +msgid "Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement, and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form, as well as the product information entered on the product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 +msgid "From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click :guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 +msgid "To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 -msgid "Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 +msgid "Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO (Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the :guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be replenished." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Blanket order added to product configuration in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:-1 +msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 +msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*. Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 +msgid "Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 -msgid "Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you their best quote." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 +msgid "In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation (RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from which vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 -msgid "You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 +msgid "Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 +msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 -msgid "You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process for each vendor." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 +msgid "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create *blanket orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Request a quotation from a call for tenders in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 -msgid "Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 +msgid "To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and select a product to edit. From the product form, click the :guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides additional visibility options to add to the line item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Validate a call for tenders and view all quotations in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 +msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 -msgid "Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 +msgid "Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:-1 -msgid "Confirm an order in Odoo Purchase" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 +msgid "Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 +msgid "Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best offers for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 +msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 +msgid "Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor, alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 +msgid "To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 +msgid "From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 +msgid "Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 +msgid "Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new purchase order form is already populated with the same products, quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 +msgid "When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed manually, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 +msgid "Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Alternative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 +msgid "If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 +msgid "This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 +msgid "This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 +msgid "From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the :guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and :guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 +msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 +msgid "Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately at first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 +msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the :guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 +msgid "This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click :guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 +msgid "If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking :menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 +msgid "Compare product lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 +msgid "When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations created previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 +msgid "Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to a Compare Order Lines page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 +msgid "The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 +msgid "Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the order, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 +msgid "To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click :guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the :guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity is changed to **0**, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 +msgid "Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 +msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 +msgid "Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` (from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired purchase orders have been confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 +msgid "To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, click :guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 +msgid "To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an :guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` when finished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:-1 +msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 +msgid "From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 +msgid "Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative :abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` column at the far right of their rows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 +msgid "Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 diff --git a/locale/sources/marketing.pot b/locale/sources/marketing.pot index d2f1a2d71..58af999b6 100644 --- a/locale/sources/marketing.pot +++ b/locale/sources/marketing.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-06 08:12+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -614,6 +614,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing `_" msgstr "" @@ -1067,6 +1068,7 @@ msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials.rst:5 msgid "Essentials" msgstr "" @@ -1303,6 +1305,7 @@ msgid "Remember, the winning mailing variation is based on the criteria selected msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:15 msgid "Campaigns page" msgstr "" @@ -1787,448 +1790,1000 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Yes, but it is not possible out-of-the-box. Odoo experts can help customize a database to allow for the use of a personal SMS provider. Please check our success packs `here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "Social marketing campaigns help companies connect directly with the marketplace. These campaigns are helpful when introducing a new product to customers, explaining the value of a product or service, or when advertising an upcoming event or product release." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:9 +msgid "The most effective social marketing campaigns typically involve multiple channels to maximize content distribution, and Odoo's *Social Marketing* application acts as a singular control center to monitor, plan, post, track, and analyze all of the various content and content channels within a single dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:17 +msgid "To access a complete overview of all social marketing campaigns, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and click :menuselection:`Campaigns` from the header menu. Doing so reveals a separate page with every campaign in a default kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the campaigns page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "Each *stage* in the kanban view can be edited, by clicking the :guilabel:`gear icon` to the left of the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` - located to the right of the stage title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:29 +msgid "The **gear icon** *only* appears when the cursor hovers to the left of the **+ (plus sign)**. When the gear icon is clicked, a drop-down menu reveals the options: :guilabel:`Fold`, :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and :guilabel:`Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:37 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` minimizes that specific stage's column. The stage column can be restored by clicking the folded version of it on the main :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the default kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:41 +msgid "Selecting :guilabel:`Edit Stage` reveals a pop-up window, in which the name and the sequence of the stage can be modified. If changes are made, be sure to click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:44 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Delete` removes the stage entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:47 +msgid "To add a new stage to the pipeline, side-scroll to the right on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Add a Column`, enter in the desired information, and click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:52 +msgid "The same social marketing campaign information on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard can also be viewed as a list, by selecting the :guilabel:`List` option, located under the search bar, in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:57 +msgid "Create social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:59 +msgid "First, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and select :guilabel:`Campaigns` from the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:62 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, a new campaign can be created by clicking the quick add :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` located in the top-right corner of each stage in the pipeline, visible in the kanban view. Campaigns can also be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create` in the upper-left corner of the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:67 +msgid "Both options reveal a new campaign detail window directly on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the quick add option for campaigns in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:74 +msgid "Here, the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can be entered. When all modifications are complete, click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:78 +msgid "Edit social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:80 +msgid "In order to edit a campaign in greater detail, and create/send various forms of communications related to it, the template page for that campaign must be accessed and modified, accordingly. There are multiple ways to access a template page for a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:84 +msgid "After entering the pertinent information in the :guilabel:`Quick Add` campaign drop-down, click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:86 +msgid "Simply select the desired campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in list or kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:88 +msgid "On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the kanban view, select the :guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` drop-down menu on the desired campaign, and select :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:91 +msgid "Any of the above routes will reveal the *Campaign Template* page for that specific campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:94 +msgid "Social marketing campaign templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:96 +msgid "On a *Campaign Template* page, numerous elements can be customized/modified, and various forms of communications can be created, modified, and sent or scheduled. Below is a sample of a completed campaign template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a sample campaign template page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:105 +msgid "In order for the :guilabel:`Send New Mailing` option to appear on campaign templates, make sure the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is enabled in the *Email Marketing* app. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:111 +msgid "In order for the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option to appear, the Odoo *SMS Marketing* application must be installed on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:115 +msgid "Add content and communications to campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:117 +msgid "If the proper settings and applications are installed (as instructed above), there are four forms of communication/content options that can be added to campaigns. Each of these options are displayed as buttons in the upper-left corner of the campaign template page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:121 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send New Mailing`: reveals a blank email template on a separate page, in which the message can be fully customized in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send SMS`: reveals a blank SMS template on a separate page, in which a SMS communication can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send Social Post`: reveals a blank social post template on a separate page, in which a post can be created, and applied to social media accounts that are already connected to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:128 +msgid ":guilabel:`Push Notification`: reveals a similar blank social post template on a separate page, however, the :guilabel:`Push Notification` options are already pre-selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:132 +msgid "Whichever form of communication is created, once it's completed, Odoo returns to the :guilabel:`Campaign Template` page, showcasing that new content in its corresponding tab (e.g. :guilabel:`Mailings`, :guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Media`, and/or :guilabel:`Push Notifications`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:137 +msgid "As content and communications are added to a campaign, tabs for those specific mediums appear, along with a variety of analytical smart buttons (e.g. :guilabel:`Revenues`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, :guilabel:`Leads`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:141 +msgid "These smart buttons, located at the top of the template, display different metrics related to the campaign, and its various communications and content. Clicking any smart button reveals a separate page dedicated to that particular element of the campaign, allowing for quicker, more organized analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:147 +msgid "The Odoo *Social Marketing* app is integrated with other Odoo applications, such as *Sales*, *Invoicing*, *CRM*, and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:151 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Social marketing essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts, manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 +msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 +msgid "In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 +msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +msgid "Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to :menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your version of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +msgid "From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 +msgid "Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 +msgid "A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 +msgid "Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that account's posts are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 +msgid "From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 +msgid "Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on :guilabel:`Insights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 +msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to :menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +msgid "Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 +msgid "Post template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 +msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "'Your Post' section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 +msgid "The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push notification, this post will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +msgid "In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 +msgid "Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 +msgid "If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +msgid "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content of the post is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +msgid "Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the :guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +msgid "Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +msgid "If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +msgid "A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly displayed in the visual preview of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +msgid "Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured campaigns to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting :guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select :guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-created campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 +msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +msgid "Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +msgid "If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined social media accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +msgid "Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the :guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to :guilabel:`Scheduled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +msgid "Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 +msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +msgid "If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +msgid "To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display the push notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +msgid "Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +msgid "To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the :guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +msgid "Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking the visitor's location into consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 +msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +msgid "There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a :guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field. Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear for visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 +msgid "Social post status bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +msgid "In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the :guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +msgid "If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the :guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is *Scheduled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "Posts page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +msgid "To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +msgid "There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: *kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +msgid "By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +msgid "Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +msgid "The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +msgid "The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, :guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +msgid "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where different measures of data can be added and analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +msgid "Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +msgid "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 +msgid "Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, specific to the pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 +msgid "From left to right, the options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +msgid ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more detailed information related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +msgid ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot table as a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +msgid "Visitors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s) connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing --> Visitors` in the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +msgid "Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +msgid "The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +msgid "Social media page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 +msgid "If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click :guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Social accounts page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +msgid "To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +msgid "Social streams page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +msgid "Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the :guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the :guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +msgid "To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:5 msgid "Surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 msgid "Survey essentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:5 msgid "Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed business decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:8 msgid "In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 msgid "Getting started" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click :guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:18 msgid "On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose an image from the local files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:22 msgid "Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:26 msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:27 msgid ":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:34 msgid "Questions tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:36 msgid "Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into the divided sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:41 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:-1 msgid "The survey question pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:49 msgid "Create questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:51 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:55 msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:67 msgid "Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options` tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the :guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what question is chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:72 msgid "Create sections and questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:74 msgid "Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and :guilabel:`Options` tabs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:78 msgid "Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what :guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:81 msgid "For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:84 msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or multiple choices can be selected per row." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:88 msgid ":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed based on the participant's answer to a previous question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:90 msgid ":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in a text box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:91 msgid ":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit for the question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94 msgid "Conditional Display" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:99 msgid "When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the :guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:102 msgid "Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:106 msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:108 msgid "Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, there are different sections of settings that can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:111 msgid "The sections include:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:119 msgid "Questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:121 msgid "First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options can be chosen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:127 msgid "If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the participant to go back to a question during the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:131 msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a :guilabel:`Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:135 msgid "Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:139 msgid "After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled :guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured by section. This mode is ignored in a live session." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:144 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:56 msgid ":doc:`time_random`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:147 msgid "Scoring" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:149 msgid "The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:155 msgid "If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a :guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers needed to pass the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:159 msgid "Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the :guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using the selected email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:165 msgid "If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the :guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives a badge upon passing the certification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:172 msgid "Candidates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:174 msgid "To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and :guilabel:`Invited people only`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:177 msgid "Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the :guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the participant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182 msgid "Live Session" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:184 msgid "The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and collect answers from a live audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:187 msgid "Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer quickly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:193 msgid "Description tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:195 msgid "Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:200 msgid "Test and share the survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:202 msgid "Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking :guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:206 msgid "When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant, to check for errors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:210 msgid "To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the :guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending the survey out to participants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:215 msgid "When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the :guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:218 msgid "In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/create.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:222 msgid "As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the :guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 msgid "Scoring surveys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:5 msgid "To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:9 msgid "To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:14 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the correct answer will be highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:18 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their final score." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:21 msgid "To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:25 msgid "Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the :guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of correct answers is needed to pass the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:28 msgid "Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge level on a subject." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:32 msgid "When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a :guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set :guilabel:`Success %`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:36 msgid "In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled, two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the :guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:-1 msgid "Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:46 msgid "Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the :guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/scoring.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:-1 msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:3 msgid "Timed and randomized questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:5 msgid "When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the survey and randomize the questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:9 msgid "Time limit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:11 msgid "During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed book\" testing environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:16 msgid "Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:-1 msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:23 msgid "When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of the time remaining while the survey is active." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:27 msgid "Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit will *not* have their answers saved." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:31 msgid "Randomized selection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:33 msgid "When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:37 msgid "To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form. In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo should select and display during the shuffling of questions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/overview/time_random.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:-1 msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/productivity.pot b/locale/sources/productivity.pot index a717895fa..ccf882aa0 100644 --- a/locale/sources/productivity.pot +++ b/locale/sources/productivity.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 05:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -26,11 +26,11 @@ msgid "Calendar" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 -msgid "Google Calendar synchronization" +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize your schedule so you never miss a meeting." +msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize schedules, so a meeting is never missed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 @@ -46,143 +46,179 @@ msgid "Setup in Google" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 -msgid "Enable Google Calendar API" +msgid "Select (or create) a project" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 -msgid "Begin by creating a new Google API project and enabling the Google Calendar API. Then, go to the `Google API Console `_ and log into your Google account." +msgid "Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, go to the `Google API Console `_ and log into the Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 -msgid "If this is your first time visiting this page, Google will prompt you to enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +msgid "If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 -msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select or create an API project to store credentials." +msgid "Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New Project`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:33 -msgid "Give the API Project a clear name like \"Odoo Sync\" so you can easily find it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 +msgid "Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily identified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:35 -msgid "Then, open the API Project and click :guilabel:`Enable APIs and Services`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 +msgid "Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` doesn't appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:41 -msgid "After that, search for *Google Calendar API* using the search bar and select :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click :guilabel:`Enable`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 +msgid "After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click :guilabel:`Enable`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:49 -msgid "Create credentials" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:51 -msgid "Now that you have created your API project and enabled the Google Calendar API, you need to create credentials. Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Create Credentials`. Google will then guide you through four steps to create your API credentials." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 +msgid "Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select the :guilabel:`User Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:55 -msgid "In the first step, :guilabel:`Credential Type`, select the :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` and :guilabel:`User Data` options. Then, click :guilabel:`Next`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 +msgid "*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 -msgid "Select Google Calendar API and User Data for the Credential Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:62 -msgid "In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type *Odoo* in the :guilabel:`App name` field, select your email address for the :guilabel:`User support email` field, and type your email address for the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 +msgid "Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 -msgid "Skip the third step, :guilabel:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:69 -msgid "In the last step, :guilabel:`OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field and type *My Odoo Database* for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgid "In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the :guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User support email` field, and type the email address for the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click :guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address." +msgid "Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:75 -msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address followed by */google_account/authentication*. Finally, click :guilabel:`Create` and :guilabel:`Done`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on :guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, Google will open a guide to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click :guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 -msgid "After successfully creating a new API project, enabling the Google Calendar API, and generating the Google Calendar API credentials, you should now have a Client ID and Client Secret." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 +msgid "A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy these to a notepad." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:87 -msgid "Client ID & Client Secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:89 -msgid "The **Client ID** and the **Client Secret** are both needed to connect Google Calendar to Odoo. Find the Client ID and the Client Secret by opening the Google Cloud Platform navigation menu and going to :menuselection:`API & Services --> Credentials --> OAuth 2.0 Client IDs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 -msgid "Next, locate the credentials you just created for the Google Calendar API. Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit OAuth Client` (the pencil icon). The page will redirect to the edit page, where you can view the Client ID and the Client Secret." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 -msgid "Click Edit OAuth Client to view the credential details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 msgid "Setup in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:104 -msgid "Once the Client ID and the Client Secret are located, open the Odoo database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google Calendar`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 +msgid "Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google Calendar`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:112 -msgid "Next, copy and paste the Client ID and the Client Secret from the Google Calendar API Credentials page into their respective fields below the :guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +msgid "Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the :guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 -msgid "Finally, open the Calendar module in Odoo and click on the :guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 +msgid "Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the :guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:124 -msgid "The first time you sync your Google Calendar with Odoo, the page will redirect to your Google Account. Click :guilabel:`OK` and :guilabel:`Allow` to authorize Odoo to access Google Calendar." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +msgid "When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give permission for the transfer of data)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:-1 -msgid "Successfully sync between Odoo and Google Calendar." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 @@ -1289,7 +1325,7 @@ msgid "**Customer Display**: Connect a screen to the IoT Box to display the PoS msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 -msgid "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation `." +msgid "**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:59 diff --git a/locale/sources/sales.pot b/locale/sources/sales.pot index 13c9fa395..b99e5899d 100644 --- a/locale/sources/sales.pot +++ b/locale/sources/sales.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 05:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -56,22 +56,21 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 @@ -1146,1462 +1145,1776 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6 msgid "Point of Sale" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:10 -msgid "With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops or restaurants easily. The app runs on the browser, but is able to continue working even if you are offline." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 +msgid "With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops and restaurants easily. The app works on any device with a web browser, even if you are temporarily offline. Product moves are automatically registered in your stock, you get real-time statistics, and your data is consolidated across all shops." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:13 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:5 -msgid "Pricing Features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 -msgid "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They allow you to scan discount barcodes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 -msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 -msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 -msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 -msgid "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 -msgid "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 -msgid "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 -msgid "Scan the products & tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 -msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 -msgid "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can finish the transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 -msgid "By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are time-limited, seasonal or manually given." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 -msgid "To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing strategy tailored to every business." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 -msgid "Apply manual discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 -msgid "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest solution for your Point of Sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 -msgid "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products inside an order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 -msgid "Apply a discount on a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 -msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 -msgid "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 -msgid "Apply a global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 -msgid "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 -msgid "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 -msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 -msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 -msgid "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50% discount on oranges." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 -msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 -msgid "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the pricelist feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 -msgid "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in the PoS and define a default one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 -msgid "Create a pricelist" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 -msgid "By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on create." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 -msgid "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 -msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 -msgid "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 -msgid "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. Then, you can finalize the order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 -msgid "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a *Loyalty Program*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 -msgid "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 -msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 -msgid "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and everything in between." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 -msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 -msgid "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the rules defined in the loyalty program." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 -msgid "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can finalize the order in your usual way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 -msgid "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You can of course change it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 -msgid "You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But how does that relate with Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 -msgid "In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of *Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 -msgid "Set up Pricelists" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 -msgid "To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 -msgid "Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then, set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your happy hour and the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 -msgid "Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list. You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 -msgid "From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:5 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:3 -msgid "Customer note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:5 -msgid "The **Customer note** feature allows you to provide customers with further information on a specific product. For instance, to provide cleaning and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer’s particular request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:10 -msgid "Add a customer note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:12 -msgid "You can add notes directly from an open :ref:`POS session `. To do so, click :guilabel:`Customer Note` on the pad. Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add content for the note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:17 -msgid "Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO <../shop/sales_order>` are displayed identically in the cart." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:-1 -msgid "customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:25 -msgid "Modify a customer note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:27 -msgid "Select the product from the cart to modify an existing note and click :guilabel:`Customer Note`. Doing so reopens the previous pop-up window. Alter the text and click :guilabel:`Add`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:31 -msgid "Receipts and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:33 -msgid "Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how they appear in the cart, meaning under the related product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/customer_note.rst:-1 -msgid "customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:5 -msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:7 -msgid "ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. Once connected, the two devices automatically share information, enabling the direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:12 -msgid "These `Epson ePOS printers `_ are compatible with Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:15 -msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:16 -msgid "TM-T70II-DT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:17 -msgid "TM-T88V-DT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:18 -msgid "TM-L90-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:19 -msgid "TM-T20II-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:20 -msgid "TM-T70-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:21 -msgid "TM-T82II-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:22 -msgid "TM-T83II-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:23 -msgid "TM-T88V-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:24 -msgid "TM-U220-i" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:25 -msgid "TM-m10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:26 -msgid "TM-m30" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:27 -msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:28 -msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:29 -msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:30 -msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:32 -msgid "To work with Odoo, some models that can be used without an :doc:`IoT box <../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` may require :doc:`the HTTPS protocol ` to establish a secure connection between the browser and the printer. However, trying to reach the printer's IP address using HTTPS leads to a warning page on most web browsers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:41 -msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:41 -msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:43 -msgid "In that case, you can temporarily force the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to [IP address] (unsafe)`. Doing so allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as long as the browser window stays open." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:48 -msgid "The previous instructions apply to Google Chrome but are similar to other browsers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:51 -msgid "The connection is lost after closing the browser window. Therefore, this method should only be used as a **workaround** or as a pre-requisite for the :ref:`following instructions `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:58 -msgid "Generate, export, and import self-signed certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:60 -msgid "For a long-term solution, you must generate a **self-signed certificate**. Then, export and import it into your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:64 -msgid "**Generating** an SSL certificate should only be done **once**. If you create another certificate, devices using the previous one will lose HTTPS access." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:69 -msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:73 -msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:75 -msgid "After forcing the connection, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your printer serial number in the :guilabel:`Password` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:79 -msgid "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed Certificate**. The :guilabel:`Common Name` should be automatically filled out. If not, fill it in with the printer IP address number. Select the years the certificate will be valid in the :guilabel:`Validity Period` field, click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:86 -msgid "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click :guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure **Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server Certificate` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:90 -msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:92 -msgid "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web browser by navigating to its IP address, for example, `https://192.168.1.25`. Then, force the connection as explained in the :ref:`introduction `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:160 -msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:99 -msgid "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and :guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:0 -msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:106 -msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:107 -msgid "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct extension;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:108 -msgid "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom of the pop-up window;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:128 -msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:113 -msgid "Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, some browsers might not see the file during the import process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:172 -msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:118 -msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:119 -msgid "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> Security tab --> View certificate`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:0 -msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:126 -msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:127 -msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:130 -msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:132 -msgid "The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` and the browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:137 -msgid "Windows 10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:139 -msgid "Windows 10 manages certificates, which means that self-signed certificates must be imported from the certification file rather than the browser. To do so," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:142 -msgid "open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:143 -msgid "right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install Certificate`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:145 -msgid "select where to install the certificate and for whom - either for the :guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, click :guilabel:`Next`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:148 -msgid "on the `Certificate Store` screen, tick :guilabel:`Place all certificates in the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select :guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:155 -msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:156 -msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:158 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:162 -msgid "open Chrome;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:163 -msgid "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> Manage certificates`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:165 -msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select the exported certification file;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:167 -msgid "accept all warnings;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:168 -msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:169 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:179 -msgid "restart your browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:174 -msgid "open Firefox;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:175 -msgid "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View Certificates... --> Import`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:177 -msgid "select the exported certification file;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:178 -msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:181 -msgid "Mac OS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:183 -msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:185 -msgid "open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a warning page;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:186 -msgid "on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this website --> Visit Website`, validate;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:188 -msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:190 -msgid "Android OS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:192 -msgid "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:196 -msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:197 -msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:198 -msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:201 -msgid "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the version of Android and the device manufacturer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:206 -msgid "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + `the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:209 -msgid "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:214 -msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/epos_ssc.rst:216 -msgid "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your browser. If the SSL certificate has been applied correctly, you should no longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock icon, indicating that the connection is secure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 -msgid "**Point of Sale** is a fully integrated application that allows you to sell products (online or offline) with any device. It also automatically registers product moves in your stock, gives you real-time statistics, and consolidations across all shops." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:13 -msgid "Make products available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:15 -msgid "To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:-1 -msgid "Making a product available in your POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:24 -msgid "Configure payment methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:26 -msgid "To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods --> Create`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this payment method *exclusively* for registered customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:30 -msgid "Then, select the :guilabel:`Journal`. Choose :guilabel:`Cash` to use this payment method for cash payments, or :guilabel:`Bank` to use it for card payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:-1 -msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:41 -msgid "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation pages:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration <../payment/adyen>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration <../payment/vantiv>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration <../payment/ingenico>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:49 -msgid ":doc:`Six configuration <../payment/six>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:50 -msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration <../payment/worldline>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:52 -msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select a POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:58 -msgid "POS sessions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:19 msgid "Start a session" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:65 -msgid "From the **POS dashboard**, click :guilabel:`New Session` and at the :guilabel:`Opening Cash Control` screen, click :guilabel:`Open Session` to start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is already opened." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:21 +msgid "From the **POS dashboard**, click :guilabel:`New Session`, and at the :guilabel:`Opening Cash Control` screen, click :guilabel:`Open Session` to start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is already opened." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:26 msgid "Multiple users can be connected to the same session at the same time. However, the session can only be opened once on the same browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:32 +msgid "Sell products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:34 msgid "Click products to add them to the cart. To change the **quantity**, click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad. To add a **discount** or modify the product **price**, click respectively :guilabel:`% Disc` or :guilabel:`Price` and enter the amounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:38 msgid "Once an order is completed, proceed to checkout by clicking :guilabel:`Payment`. Select the **payment method**, enter the received amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 msgid "POS session interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:46 msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:47 msgid "**Cash** is selected by default if you enter the amount without choosing a payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:91 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:93 -msgid "To return and refund a product," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:95 -msgid ":ref:`start a session ` from the **POS dashboard**;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:96 -msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` and select the corresponding order;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:97 -msgid "select the product and the quantity to refund using the keypad;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:98 -msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` to go back to the previous screen;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:99 -msgid "once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to the refund;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:100 -msgid "click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:-1 -msgid "refund view from a POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:107 -msgid "You can filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date` or :guilabel:`Customer` using the search bar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:109 -msgid "You can also refund a product by selecting the returned product from an open session, and setting a negative quantity that equals the number of returned products. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, followed by the quantity of returned products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 -msgid "Close the POS session" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:116 -msgid "To close your session, click :guilabel:`Close` in the upper right corner of your screen; doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. From this screen, you can retrieve various information:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:120 -msgid "the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:121 -msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 -msgid "Before closing this window, count your cash using the calculator icon. Doing so opens a pop-up window that computes the total amount in the cash drawer depending on the coins and bills counted and added manually. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` or :guilabel:`Discard` to close the window. The computed amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:-1 -msgid "How to close a POS session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:133 -msgid "Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:137 -msgid "You can let the session open by clicking :guilabel:`Backend` or abort and keep selling by clicking :guilabel:`Discard`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:139 -msgid "Depending on your setup, you might only be allowed to close a session if the expected cash revenue equals the counted cash. To close it anyway, click :guilabel:`Ok` at the :guilabel:`Payments Difference` screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:144 -msgid "It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:145 -msgid "To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:149 -msgid "View statistics" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:151 -msgid "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:155 -msgid "These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter or group depending on your needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:3 -msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:5 -msgid "If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:9 -msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:11 -msgid "Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:14 -msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:18 -msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:19 -msgid "**Value**: `True`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/https.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:52 msgid "Register customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 -msgid "Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make any future interaction with them faster." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:54 +msgid "Registering your customers gives you the ability to grant them various privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It is also required if they want an invoice and registering them makes any future interaction with them faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:58 msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:62 msgid "Create a new one by using this button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:66 msgid "You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:71 msgid "Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in any future transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:5 -msgid "Payment Terminals" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:77 +msgid "Customer notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:79 +msgid "You can add **customer notes** about specific products directly from an open :ref:`POS session `. For instance, to provide cleaning and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer's particular request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:83 +msgid "To do so, select a product and click :guilabel:`Customer Note` on the pad. Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add or modify content for the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:87 +msgid "Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO ` are displayed identically in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +msgid "Customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:93 +msgid "Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how they appear in the cart, under the related product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +msgid "Customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:102 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:104 +msgid "To return and refund a product," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:106 +msgid ":ref:`start a session ` from the **POS dashboard**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:107 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` and select the corresponding order;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:108 +msgid "select the product and the quantity to refund using the keypad;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:109 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` to go back to the previous screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:110 +msgid "once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to the refund;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:111 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +msgid "refund view from a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:117 +msgid "You can filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date` or :guilabel:`Customer` using the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:119 +msgid "You can also refund a product by selecting the returned product from an open session, and setting a negative quantity that equals the number of returned products. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, followed by the quantity of returned products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:126 +msgid "Close the POS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:128 +msgid "To close your session, click :guilabel:`Close` in the upper right corner of your screen; doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. From this screen, you can retrieve various information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:132 +msgid "the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:133 +msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:135 +msgid "Before closing this window, count your cash using the calculator icon. Doing so opens a pop-up window that computes the total amount in the cash drawer depending on the coins and bills counted and added manually. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm` or :guilabel:`Discard` to close the window. The computed amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:-1 +msgid "How to close a POS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:144 +msgid "Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:148 +msgid "You can let the session open by clicking :guilabel:`Backend` or abort and keep selling by clicking :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:150 +msgid "Depending on your setup, you might only be allowed to close a session if the expected cash revenue equals the counted cash. To close it anyway, click :guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Payments Difference` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:155 +msgid "It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:156 +msgid "To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Sessions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:11 +msgid "Access POS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:13 +msgid "To access the general POS settings, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, open the dropdown menu in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field and select the POS to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +msgid "Dropdown menu to select the POS in the app settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:21 +msgid "These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights ` :guilabel:`Administration` set as :guilabel:`Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:25 +msgid "You can also configure some settings from the dashboard by clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card. Doing so opens a popup window, from which you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`Enable multiple employees to log in. `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an IoT box. <../../productivity/iot/config/pos>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an ePOS printer. `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +msgid "popup window to access quick settings in POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:36 +msgid "These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights ` :guilabel:`Point of Sale` set as :guilabel:`Administrator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:41 +msgid "Make products available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:43 +msgid "To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:-1 +msgid "Making a product available in your POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5 +msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:7 +msgid "ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. Once connected, the two devices automatically share information, enabling the direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:12 +msgid "These `Epson ePOS printers `_ are compatible with Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:15 +msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:16 +msgid "TM-T70II-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:17 +msgid "TM-T88V-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:18 +msgid "TM-L90-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:19 +msgid "TM-T20II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:20 +msgid "TM-T70-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:21 +msgid "TM-T82II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:22 +msgid "TM-T83II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:23 +msgid "TM-T88V-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:24 +msgid "TM-U220-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:25 +msgid "TM-m10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:26 +msgid "TM-m30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:27 +msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:28 +msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:29 +msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:30 +msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:32 +msgid "To work with Odoo, some models that can be used without an :doc:`IoT box <../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` may require :doc:`the HTTPS protocol ` to establish a secure connection between the browser and the printer. However, trying to reach the printer's IP address using HTTPS leads to a warning page on most web browsers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:41 +msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:41 +msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:43 +msgid "In that case, you can temporarily force the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to [IP address] (unsafe)`. Doing so allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as long as the browser window stays open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:48 +msgid "The previous instructions apply to Google Chrome but are similar to other browsers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:51 +msgid "The connection is lost after closing the browser window. Therefore, this method should only be used as a **workaround** or as a pre-requisite for the :ref:`following instructions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:58 +msgid "Generate, export, and import self-signed certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:60 +msgid "For a long-term solution, you must generate a **self-signed certificate**. Then, export and import it into your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +msgid "**Generating** an SSL certificate should only be done **once**. If you create another certificate, devices using the previous one will lose HTTPS access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:69 +msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:73 +msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:75 +msgid "After forcing the connection, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your printer serial number in the :guilabel:`Password` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:79 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed Certificate**. The :guilabel:`Common Name` should be automatically filled out. If not, fill it in with the printer IP address number. Select the years the certificate will be valid in the :guilabel:`Validity Period` field, click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:86 +msgid "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click :guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure **Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server Certificate` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:90 +msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:92 +msgid "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web browser by navigating to its IP address, for example, `https://192.168.1.25`. Then, force the connection as explained in the :ref:`introduction `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:160 +msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:99 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and :guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:107 +msgid "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct extension;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 +msgid "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom of the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:128 +msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:113 +msgid "Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, some browsers might not see the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:172 +msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:118 +msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:119 +msgid "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> Security tab --> View certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:126 +msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 +msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:130 +msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:132 +msgid "The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)` and the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:137 +msgid "Windows 10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139 +msgid "Windows 10 manages certificates, which means that self-signed certificates must be imported from the certification file rather than the browser. To do so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:142 +msgid "open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:143 +msgid "right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install Certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145 +msgid "select where to install the certificate and for whom - either for the :guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, click :guilabel:`Next`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:148 +msgid "on the `Certificate Store` screen, tick :guilabel:`Place all certificates in the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select :guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:155 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:162 +msgid "open Chrome;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:163 +msgid "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> Manage certificates`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:165 +msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select the exported certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:167 +msgid "accept all warnings;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 +msgid "restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:174 +msgid "open Firefox;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:175 +msgid "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View Certificates... --> Import`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:177 +msgid "select the exported certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:178 +msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:183 +msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:185 +msgid "open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a warning page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this website --> Visit Website`, validate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188 +msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:190 +msgid "Android OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192 +msgid "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:196 +msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:198 +msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 +msgid "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the version of Android and the device manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:206 +msgid "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + `the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:209 +msgid "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 +msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:216 +msgid "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your browser. If the SSL certificate has been applied correctly, you should no longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock icon, indicating that the connection is secure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:3 +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:5 +msgid "If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:9 +msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:11 +msgid "Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:14 +msgid "To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:18 +msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:19 +msgid "**Value**: `True`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:3 +msgid "Log in with employee" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:5 +msgid "With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier made for that session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:9 +msgid "There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*, by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +msgid "To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:18 +msgid "Set up log in with employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:20 +msgid "To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to the cash register." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:27 +msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:30 +msgid "Switch without pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:32 +msgid "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the cashier name in your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:38 +msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:46 +msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:48 +msgid "You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:54 +msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:62 +msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:64 +msgid "You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:73 +msgid "Find who was the cashier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:75 +msgid "Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:81 +msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5 +msgid "Payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:7 +msgid "To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods --> New`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this payment method *exclusively* for registered customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:11 +msgid "Then, select the :guilabel:`Journal`. Choose :guilabel:`Cash` to use this payment method for cash payments, or :guilabel:`Bank` to use it for card payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:-1 +msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:21 +msgid "Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your terminal's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid "Credentials are mandatory to use a payment terminal. To learn how to configure the different terminals, check out the following documentation pages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:27 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`Six configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:33 +msgid "Once the payment method is created, you can select it to be used in your POS. To do so, go to the :ref:`POS settings `, select the POS for which you wish to make the payment method available in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, and add the payment method(s) under the :guilabel:`Payment` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 +msgid "Payment terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:5 msgid "Connecting an **Adyen payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:11 msgid "Start by creating your Adyen account on `Adyen's website `_. Then, board your terminal following the steps described on your terminal's screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:15 msgid "`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63 msgid "Configure the payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:21 msgid "First, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Terminals`, and enable :guilabel:`Adyen`. Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new payment method. Select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:27 msgid "The selected journal **must** be a bank journal for the :guilabel:`Use a payment terminal` field to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:30 msgid "Finally, fill the mandatory fields with an :guilabel:`Adyen API key`, and an :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 msgid "Generate an Adyen API key" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:36 msgid "The **Adyen API key** is a key used to authenticate your requests. To generate an API key, go to your **Adyen account**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:39 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials`. Create a new credential or click on an existing one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:42 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and copy-paste that key onto the Odoo mandatory field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:45 msgid "`Adyen Docs - API credentials `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:49 msgid "Locate the Adyen terminal identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:51 msgid "The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is your terminal's serial number, which is used to identify the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:54 msgid "To find this number, go to your **Adyen account**. Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Terminals`, select the terminal to link, and copy-paste its serial number onto the Odoo mandatory field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:59 msgid "Set the Event URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:61 msgid "For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must set the terminal **Event URLs**. To do so," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:63 msgid "log in to `Adyen's website `_;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:64 msgid "go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and select the connected terminal;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:66 msgid "from the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 msgid "set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as :guilabel:`Decrypted`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:68 msgid "click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by `/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:70 msgid "click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:73 msgid "Add a new payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:75 msgid "To add a new **payment method** to a point of sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, select the POS and go to :menuselection:`Payments --> Payment Methods`, and add your new method for Adyen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:86 msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:82 msgid "When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Adyen` as the payment method. Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 msgid "In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 msgid "This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/adyen.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:91 msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Ingenico" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:5 msgid "Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:8 msgid "Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the Benelux." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15 msgid "Connect an IoT Box" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:22 msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:24 msgid "Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* (you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:38 msgid "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:44 msgid "Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 msgid "In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:64 msgid "If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still retry to send the payment request." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:67 msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:73 msgid "This option will only be available if you received an error message telling you the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:76 msgid "Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type of card that has been used and the transaction ID." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:3 msgid "SIX" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:5 msgid "Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:9 msgid "Starting in July 2022, it will **not** be possible anymore to connect and use a Six payment terminal in PoS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:11 msgid "Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this integration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:21 msgid "First, make sure that the :guilabel:`POS Six` module is installed. For this, go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and search for *POS Six*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 msgid "The POS Six module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:28 msgid "Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal option :guilabel:`SIX`, and enter the payment terminal IP address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 msgid "Create a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:40 msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:39 msgid "In the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on :guilabel:`Send`. To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 msgid "The PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:48 msgid "When the payment is done, the status will change to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. If needed, reverse the last transaction by clicking on :guilabel:`Reverse`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:-1 msgid "The Reverse button on the PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 msgid "If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the payment using the :guilabel:`Force Done` button. This will allow you to validate the order in Odoo even if there are connection issues between the payment terminal and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:9 -msgid ":doc:`Use Stripe as payment provider. <../../../finance/payment_providers/stripe>`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`Use Stripe as payment provider. <../../../../finance/payment_providers/stripe>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:17 msgid "Activate **Stripe** in the settings by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Terminals` and enabling :guilabel:`Stripe`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:20 msgid "Then, create the payment method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, click :guilabel:`Create`, and complete the :guilabel:`Method` field with your payment method's name;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:24 msgid "Set the :guilabel:`Journal` field as :guilabel:`Bank` and the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` field as :guilabel:`Stripe`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:26 msgid "Enter your payment terminal serial number in the :guilabel:`Stripe Serial Number` field;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:27 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Don't forget to complete Stripe connect before using this payment method.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:-1 msgid "payment method creation form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:34 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this payment method **exclusively** for identified customers. For any unidentified customers to be able to pay with Stripe, leave the :guilabel:`Identify Customer` field unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:37 msgid "The :guilabel:`Outstanding Account` and the :guilabel:`Intermediary Account` can stay empty to use the default accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:39 msgid "Find your payment terminal serial number under the device or on `Stripe's dashboard `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:43 msgid "Connect Stripe to Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:45 msgid "Click :guilabel:`Connect Stripe`. Doing so redirects you automatically to a configuration page. Fill in all the information to create your Stripe account and link it with Odoo. Once the forms are completed, the API keys (:guilabel:`Publishable Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key`) can be retrieved on **Stripe's** website. To do so, click :guilabel:`Get your Secret and Publishable keys`, click the keys to copy them, and paste them into the corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:-1 msgid "stripe connection form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:57 msgid "When you use **Stripe** exclusively in Point of Sale, you only need the **Secret Key** to use your terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:59 msgid "When you use Stripe as **payment provider**, the :guilabel:`State` can stay set as :guilabel:`Disabled`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:61 msgid "For databases hosted **On-Premise**, the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button does not work. To retrieve the API keys manually, log in to your `Stripe dashboard `_, type `API` in the search bar, and click :guilabel:`Developers > API`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:67 msgid "Configure the payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:69 msgid "Swipe right on your payment terminal, click :guilabel:`Settings`, enter the admin PIN code, validate and select your network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:73 msgid "The device must be connected to a secured WI-FI network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:74 msgid "Your Odoo database and payment terminal must share the same network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:75 msgid "You must enter the admin PIN code to access your payment terminal settings. By default, this code is `07139`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:79 msgid "Link the payment method to a POS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:81 msgid "To add a **payment method** to your point of sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the POS, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payments` section, and add your payment method for **Stripe** in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:88 msgid "When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Stripe` as the payment method. Check the amount and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 msgid "In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to validate the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:97 msgid "The terminal must have at least 10% battery level to use it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:98 msgid "The device does not work for payments under €0.50." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:101 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:104 msgid "Payment terminal unavailable in your Stripe account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:106 msgid "If the payment terminal is unavailable in your Stripe account, you must add it manually:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:108 msgid "Log into your `Stripe's dashboard `_ and go to :menuselection:`Stripe dashboard --> Payments --> Readers --> Locations`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:110 msgid "Add a location by clicking the :guilabel:`+ New` button or selecting an already created location;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:111 msgid "Click the :guilabel:`+ New` button in the :guilabel:`Readers` box and fill in the required information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/stripe.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:115 msgid "You must provide a **registration code**. To retrieve that code, swipe right on your device, enter the admin PIN code (by default: `07319`), validate, and click :guilabel:`Generate a registration code`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Vantiv" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:5 msgid "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:9 msgid "Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this procedure only suitable for North American businesses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:18 msgid "First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:24 msgid "Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:32 msgid "To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then save the payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:42 msgid "In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 msgid "Worldline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:17 msgid "Connecting a Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect one to your database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:22 msgid "Configure the protocol" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:24 msgid "From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> 0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> CTEP (as Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Click on **OK** thrice on the subsequent screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31 msgid "Set the IP address" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:33 msgid "From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> 0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK` (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:38 msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:41 msgid "Hostname" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:44 msgid "To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:45 msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 msgid "On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> 19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:53 msgid "Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:56 msgid "Port number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:58 msgid "On the *Port number* screen, enter **9001** (or **9050** for Windows) and click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 msgid "From the Point of Sale application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:71 msgid "Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and create a new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:78 msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 msgid "To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose \"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 msgid "Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier terminal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:82 msgid "To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:83 msgid "Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:88 msgid "When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status changes to *Payment Successful*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:91 msgid "Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID appear on the payment record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:98 msgid "In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the order. This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you that the connection failed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/worldline.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:101 msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "Pricing features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash rounding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding* option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on *Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*, then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "Odoo Point of Sale only supports the :guilabel:`Add a rounding line` rounding strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Discount tags (barcode scanner)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50% discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the pricelist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Flexible taxes (fiscal positions)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "When running a business, you may need to apply different taxes and record transactions on various accounts based on the location and type of business of your customers and providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:8 +msgid "The **fiscal positions** feature enables you to establish rules that automatically select the right taxes and accounts used for each transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:18 +msgid "To enable the feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and enable :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "Then, set a default fiscal position that should be applied to all sales in the selected POS in the :guilabel:`Default` field. You can also add more fiscal positions to choose from in the :guilabel:`Allowed` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:28 +msgid "According to the :doc:`fiscal localization package <../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` activated, several fiscal positions are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also :ref:`create new fiscal positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "If you do not set a fiscal position, the tax remains as defined in the **customer taxes** field on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:37 +msgid "Use fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:39 +msgid "Open a :ref:`POS session ` to use one of the allowed fiscal positions. Then, click the :guilabel:`Tax` button next to the **book-shaped** icon and select a fiscal position from the list. Doing so applies the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen fiscal position's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:48 +msgid "If a default fiscal position is set, the tax button displays the name of the fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a *Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:37 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of *Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then, set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list. You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:3 +msgid "Receipts and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8 +msgid "Set up receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:11 +msgid "To **customize** the **header** and **footer**, activate :guilabel:`Header & Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:14 +msgid "To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "POS receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:24 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26 +msgid "From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:34 +msgid "You can filter the list of orders using the search bar. Type in your reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or :guilabel:`Customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:39 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:41 +msgid "In Point of Sale, you can issue and print invoices upon payment at the cash register or retrieve all the past invoiced orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:45 +msgid "Set a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:47 +msgid "First, you need to open a session and set your customer. Open the **POS interface** by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> New session --> Open session`. Then, click :guilabel:`Customer` to access the list of **customers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "customer selection and creation button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:54 +msgid "From there, you can either set an existing customer by clicking their name or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so opens a customer creation form to fill in with their information. Click :guilabel:`Save` to validate and set this new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:59 +msgid "You can also **edit** a customer's information by clicking :guilabel:`Details`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:60 +msgid "If you did not set your customer during the order, you can do so at the payment screen by clicking :guilabel:`Customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:64 +msgid "Invoice a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:66 +msgid "Once an order is done, click :guilabel:`Payment` to move to the **payment screen**. Click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the customer's name to enable issuing and printing invoices upon payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "button to generate an invoice in POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:73 +msgid "Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:77 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:79 +msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:81 +msgid "access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:83 +msgid "to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:90 +msgid "**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in the :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:92 +msgid "You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:96 +msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:98 +msgid "Customers can also request an invoice by scanning the **QR code** printed on their receipt. Upon scanning, they must fill in a form with their billing information and click :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. On the one hand, doing so generates an invoice available for download. On the other hand, the order status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to :guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:-1 +msgid "order status change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:107 +msgid "To use this feature, you have to enable QR codes on receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, select the POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6 +msgid "View statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:8 +msgid "To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:12 +msgid "These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter or group depending on your needs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 msgid "Restaurant features" msgstr "" @@ -2635,7 +2948,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`collect tips `; and" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food `." +msgid ":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food `." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:22 @@ -2698,55 +3011,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`floors_tables`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Flexible taxes (fiscal positions)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 -msgid "When running a business, you may need to apply different taxes and record transactions on various accounts based on the location and type of business of your customers and providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:8 -msgid "The **fiscal positions** feature enables you to establish rules that automatically select the right taxes and accounts used for each transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 -msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:18 -msgid "To enable the feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and enable :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "Then, set a default fiscal position that should be applied to all sales in the selected POS in the :guilabel:`Default` field. You can also add more fiscal positions to choose from in the :guilabel:`Allowed` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:28 -msgid "According to the :doc:`fiscal localization package <../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` activated, several fiscal positions are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also :ref:`create new fiscal positions `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "If you do not set a fiscal position, the tax remains as defined in the **customer taxes** field on the product form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:37 -msgid "Use fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:39 -msgid "Open a :ref:`POS session ` to use one of the allowed fiscal positions. Then, click the :guilabel:`Tax` button next to the **book-shaped** icon and select a fiscal position from the list. Doing so applies the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen fiscal position's regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:48 -msgid "If a default fiscal position is set, the tax button displays the name of the fiscal position." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:3 msgid "Floors and tables management" msgstr "" @@ -2901,7 +3165,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/devices/printer`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/epos_ssc`" +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/epos_ssc`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:47 @@ -2933,7 +3197,7 @@ msgid "Tips" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 -msgid "Tipping is customary in multiple countries. Point of Sale allows tipping in :doc:`shops <../overview/getting_started>`, :doc:`bars <../restaurant>`, or :doc:`restaurants <../restaurant>`." +msgid "Tipping is customary in multiple countries. Point of Sale allows tipping in :ref:`shops `, :doc:`bars <../restaurant>`, or :doc:`restaurants <../restaurant>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 @@ -2944,69 +3208,69 @@ msgstr "" msgid "enable tips in a POS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 msgid "Tip products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 msgid "**Tip products** can be created on the spot. To do so, enter a product's name in the :ref:`Tip Product ` field and click :guilabel:`Create` or press **enter**. The product is automatically configured to be used as a tip at the payment screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 msgid "However, if you wish to be able to select the tip product in a POS session, you must activate the **Available in POS** setting. To do so, click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open the product configuration form. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Available in POS` checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 msgid "When you create a product to use as a tip, leave the **product type** as :guilabel:`Consumable` to avoid unnecessary inventory movements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:39 msgid "You can only select one tip product per POS, but you can choose a different one for each." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:72 msgid "Tip using an Adyen terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:45 -msgid "If you use an :doc:`Adyen <../payment/adyen>` payment terminal and wish to enable **tips** using the terminal, check :guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` below the :ref:`tip settings `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 +msgid "If you use an :doc:`Adyen <../payment_methods/terminals/adyen>` payment terminal and wish to enable **tips** using the terminal, check :guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` below the :ref:`tip settings `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:79 msgid "Tip after payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:51 msgid "If you use a POS system in a bar or a restaurant, you can enable :guilabel:`Add tip after payment (North America specific)`. Doing so generates a bill to print and complete manually by the customer and the waiter. That bill indicates the tip value the customer chooses to give after the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:56 msgid "To use this feature, the selected payment method must have a bank journal attributed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:59 msgid "Add tips" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:62 -msgid "To add tips to an order, :doc:`access the payment screen <../overview/getting_started>` and click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:61 +msgid "To add tips to an order, :ref:`access the payment screen ` and click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:-1 msgid "tip popup window" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:67 msgid "Alternatively, you can select the :ref:`tip product ` on the POS interface to add it to the cart. When selected, the product is automatically set as a tip, and its default value equals its **Sales Price**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:74 msgid "During checkout, select **Adyen** as the payment terminal, and send the payment request to the device by clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The customers are asked to enter the desired tipping amount on the terminal's screen before proceeding to the payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:81 msgid "At checkout, select a card payment method and click :guilabel:`Close Tab`. Doing so generates a bill to complete by the customer." msgstr "" @@ -3014,7 +3278,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "tipping bill after payment to complete by customers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:87 msgid "On the following screen, click the percentage (:guilabel:`15%`, :guilabel:`20%`, :guilabel:`25%`), :guilabel:`No Tip`, or enter the tipping amount the customer chose to give. Then, click :guilabel:`Settle` to move to the following order." msgstr "" @@ -3023,7 +3287,7 @@ msgid "screen to select a tip amount to collect after payment" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 -msgid "Shop Features" +msgid "Shop features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 @@ -3091,267 +3355,15 @@ msgid "You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58 -msgid ":doc:`Get started <../overview/getting_started>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:61 msgid "Log employees" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:60 msgid "You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, :ref:`restrict access ` to the POS and :ref:`use barcodes to log your employees in ` your POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 -msgid "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 -msgid "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is made in cash." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 -msgid "Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the totals of its bills or receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding* option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 -msgid "To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on *Create and Edit...*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 -msgid "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*, then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 -msgid "All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding according to your settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo Point of Sale only supports the :guilabel:`Add a rounding line` rounding strategy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice issuance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 -msgid "In Point of Sale, you can issue and print invoices upon payment at the cash register or retrieve all the past invoiced orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Set a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 -msgid "First, you need to open a session and set your customer. Open the **POS interface** by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> New session --> Open session`. Then, click :guilabel:`Customer` to access the list of **customers**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:-1 -msgid "customer selection and creation button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:19 -msgid "From there, you can either set an existing customer by clicking their name or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so opens a customer creation form to fill in with their information. Click :guilabel:`Save` to validate and set this new customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:24 -msgid "You can also **edit** a customer's information by clicking :guilabel:`Details`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "If you did not set your customer during the order, you can do so at the payment screen by clicking :guilabel:`Customer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:29 -msgid "Invoice a customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:31 -msgid "Once an order is done, click :guilabel:`Payment` to move to the **payment screen**. Click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the customer's name to enable issuing and printing invoices upon payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:-1 -msgid "button to generate an invoice in POS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:39 -msgid "Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`../overview/getting_started`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:46 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:48 -msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:50 -msgid "access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:-1 -msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:60 -msgid "**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in the :guilabel:`Status` column." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:62 -msgid "You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:66 -msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:68 -msgid "Customers can also request an invoice by scanning the **QR code** printed on their receipt. Upon scanning, they must fill in a form with their billing information and click :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. On the one hand, doing so generates an invoice available for download. On the other hand, the order status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to :guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:-1 -msgid "order status change" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:78 -msgid "To use this feature, you have to enable QR codes on receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, select the POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on ticket`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier made for that session." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 -msgid "There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*, by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 -msgid "To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:20 -msgid "To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to the cash register." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:27 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:32 -msgid "The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the cashier name in your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:38 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:46 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:48 -msgid "You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:54 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:62 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:64 -msgid "You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:73 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:81 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:3 -msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:8 -msgid "Set up receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the :guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:11 -msgid "To **customize** the **header** and **footer**, activate :guilabel:`Header & Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the receipts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:14 -msgid "To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:-1 -msgid "pos receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:22 -msgid ":doc:`../restaurant/bill_printing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:25 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:27 -msgid "From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:-1 -msgid "print receipt button from the backend" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/receipts.rst:36 -msgid "You can filter the list of orders using the search bar. Type in your reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or :guilabel:`Customer`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:3 -msgid "Sales orders in PoS" +msgid "Sales orders" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:5 @@ -4459,7 +4471,6 @@ msgid "A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a d msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "" @@ -5558,67 +5569,75 @@ msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 -msgid "With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same delivery location as the invoicing location." +msgid "People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Configure the settings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the **Customer Addresses** feature." +msgid "Begin by activating the :guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature in the settings:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:14 +msgid "If the *Accounting* app is installed, the :guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature is located in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:17 +msgid "If the *Accounting* app is **not** installed, the :guilabel:`Customer Addresses` feature is located in :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 -msgid "How to enable different customer addresses on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 -msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Configure the contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 -msgid "When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "Navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app (or to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers`), and click on a customer to open their contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses` tab, click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 -msgid "How to add addresses from a quotation on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 -msgid "If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or the sales order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 -msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 -msgid "Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a quotation." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "Then, select which type of address to add to the contact form (i.e. :guilabel:`Invoice Address` or :guilabel:`Delivery Address`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 -msgid "How to add addresses from a contact form on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 -msgid "Deal with different addresses" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:43 +msgid "Enter the address information. Then click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the address and close the :guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save this address and immediately input another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 -msgid "Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:48 +msgid "Add addresses to the quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:50 +msgid "When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields will autopopulate according to the addresses specified on the customer's contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 -msgid "How to manage different customer addresses on Odoo Sales?" +msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 -msgid "Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for billing and shipping addresses." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:58 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be edited directly from the quotation by clicking on the :guilabel:`Internal link` buttons next to each address line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:-1 -msgid "Automatic quotation fields filling on Odoo Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 -msgid "With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in terms of invoice and delivery features." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:61 +msgid "These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -6077,90 +6096,94 @@ msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:7 -msgid "**Odoo Subscriptions** is used to run recurring businesses: :ref:`sell new contracts `, :doc:`upsell customers `, keep the churn under control, and :doc:`generate reports ` on the main KPIs: MRR, ARR, retention, churn, upselling, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:13 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:14 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/products`" +msgid "Odoo *Subscriptions* is used to run recurring businesses: :ref:`sell new contracts `, :doc:`upsell customers `, keep the churn under control, and :doc:`generate reports ` on the main :abbr:`KPIs (Key Performance Indicators)`: :abbr:`MRR (Monthly Recurring Revenue)`, :abbr:`ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue)`, retention, churn, etc." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/plans`" +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:16 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/upselling`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/renewals`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:18 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/closing`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:19 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:20 -msgid ":doc:`subscriptions/reports`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:25 -msgid "Subscription quotations" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "Subscription quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:31 msgid "Sales orders with a defined recurrence become subscriptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:30 -msgid "To create a new subscription, click on :guilabel:`New` from the Subscription or the :doc:`Sales ` app. You can either:" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:33 -msgid "Select a :doc:`subscription plan ` to prefill the quotation instantly, or" +msgid "To create a new subscription, click on :guilabel:`New` from the *Subscription* or the :doc:`Sales ` app. You can either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:34 -msgid "Fill out the quotation normally, making sure to select a recurrence and an end date if necessary and adding :doc:`recurrent products `." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "Select a :doc:`subscription plan ` to prefill the quotation instantly, or" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:38 -msgid "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the :doc:`Customer Addresses ` feature." +msgid "Fill out the quotation normally, making sure to select a recurrence and an end date if necessary and adding :doc:`recurrent products `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:42 +msgid "You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the :doc:`Customer Addresses ` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 msgid "Confirmation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:50 msgid "Send the quotation to the customer for confirmation by clicking on :guilabel:`Send by email`, or confirm it immediately by clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:54 msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Customer Preview` to preview the customer portal where the customer can view their quotation, sign and pay it, and communicate with you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:60 msgid "Automatic payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:62 msgid "You can require the customer to set an automatic payment method and pre-pay the subscription's first occurrence before they can confirm their quotation. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the quotation and check the :guilabel:`Payment` option in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:67 msgid "If you leave :guilabel:`Payment` unchecked, the customer doesn't have to pre-pay to start the subscription. This means that the payment is not automatic and that the customer must pay each invoice manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:72 msgid "If the online confirmation requires a pre-payment, your customer can select only the :ref:`payment providers ` that have the :ref:`tokenization feature `. This ensures that the customer is automatically charged at each new period." msgstr "" @@ -6348,6 +6371,67 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../subscriptions>` to understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscriptions in the eCommerce shop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "Subscription products can be sold in the Odoo *eCommerce* shop just like regular sales products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:7 +msgid "However, by default, the eCommerce product page only displays the shortest recurrence period listed in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form. For example, if a subscription product has *monthly* and *yearly* recurrence periods configured, then only the monthly price appears on the eCommerce page for that product by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:12 +msgid "To add more recurrence periods to the eCommerce product page, create a *product variant* for each recurrence period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`Configure subscription products `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`Product variants `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:20 +msgid "Create recurrence periods as product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:22 +msgid "To set up each recurrence period as a product variant, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscriptions --> Products` and select a product. In the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:26 +msgid "Create an :guilabel:`Attribute` called `Billing Period` (or something similar) by typing in the name and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. This attribute name appears as the option heading on the product page of the eCommerce shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:30 +msgid "Next, create :guilabel:`Values` that correspond to the recurrence periods that are configured in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form. Type in the name of the recurrence period, then click :guilabel:`Create`. These value names appear as selectable options on the product page of the eCommerce shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:-1 +msgid "Recurrence periods configured as product variants in the \"Attributes & Variants\" tab of\n" +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:40 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`☁️ (cloud)` icon at the top of the page to save manually. After saving, a :guilabel:`Product Variants` column appears on the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab. Assign the product variants to their corresponding recurrence periods and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:-1 +msgid "Product variants on the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:48 +msgid "The product variants are now available for selection on the eCommerce product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:-1 +msgid "Recurrence periods configured as product variants on the eCommerce product page." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:3 msgid "Subscription plans" msgstr "" @@ -6444,10 +6528,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Daily` and :guilabel:`Hourly` periods cannot be used on recurring products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:37 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:39 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` can be used with recurring products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Pricelists`, click :guilabel:`New`, name the pricelist, and open the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select a :guilabel:`Period`, and set a :guilabel:`Price`. Add as many lines as needed. Once done, the product's :ref:`time-based pricing ` tab is automatically updated." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sources/services.pot b/locale/sources/services.pot index 22e9bcc81..2fb709e61 100644 --- a/locale/sources/services.pot +++ b/locale/sources/services.pot @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-04-13 05:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-02 14:02+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" @@ -20,153 +20,160 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:8 msgid "Field Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "User default warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "Setting up a **default warehouse** can be useful for field technicians who keep a supply in their van or those who always resupply from the same warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "Setting up a **default warehouse** can be useful for field technicians who keep a supply in their van or those who always resupply from the same warehouse. It also allows field workers to switch between warehouses from their profiles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:8 -msgid "Products in sales orders created during field interventions are always pulled from the same warehouse, keeping the inventory accurate with the default warehouse feature." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:9 +msgid "Products in sales orders created during field interventions are always pulled from the default warehouse, keeping the inventory accurate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:13 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:17 -msgid "To set up a user default warehouse, the :doc:`storage locations <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations>` and :ref:`multi-step routes ` features need to be activated. It is also necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:18 +msgid "To set up a user default warehouse, the :doc:`storage locations <../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations>` feature needs to be activated in the **Inventory** app. It is also necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:23 +msgid "You can either set it up :ref:`for your profile `, or :ref:`for all users `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:27 msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:24 -msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:32 +msgid "For your profile" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "User account" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:34 +msgid "To set up a default warehouse for yourself, click your **profile icon** in the upper right corner of the screen, then, go to :menuselection:`My Profile --> Preferences --> Default Warehouse`. Select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:29 -msgid "To set up a default warehouse for a specific user, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Manage users`, open a user, then go to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab, scroll down to :guilabel:`Inventory`, and select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "For all users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:43 +msgid "To set up a default warehouse for a specific user, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Manage users`, select a user, then go to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab. Scroll down to :guilabel:`Inventory`, and select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:-1 msgid "Selection of a default warehouse on a user profile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:37 -msgid "Default warehouse in field service tasks" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "Use in field service tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/default_warehouse.rst:39 -msgid "Once a default warehouse has been configured for a user, the materials used for a sales order linked to a Field Service task are pulled from that specific warehouse. In the sales order, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, then scroll down to :guilabel:`Delivery`. The default warehouse is applied correctly." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "Once a default warehouse has been configured for a user, the materials used for a sales order related to a Field Service task are pulled from that specific warehouse. Open the related sales order, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, then scroll down to :guilabel:`Delivery`. The default warehouse is applied correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 -msgid "Helpdesk" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:58 +msgid "Once the Field Service task is marked as done, the stock of the default warehouse is automatically updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:3 +msgid "Onsite interventions planning" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:5 -msgid "The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:6 +msgid "From a sales order" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:11 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:-1 -msgid "Onsite interventions setting in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:18 -msgid "The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button. Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:-1 -msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk ticket in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:5 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:8 msgid "Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have to approve before the work even starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:11 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and create or edit a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 -msgid "Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:13 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, select :guilabel:`Service` as :guilabel:`Product Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:14 -msgid "Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing Policy*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:15 +msgid "Under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, select :guilabel:`Timesheets on tasks` as :guilabel:`Service Invoicing Policy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:17 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Create a task in an existing project` as :guilabel:`Service Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:16 -msgid "Select your *Project*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:18 +msgid "Select your :guilabel:`Project`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:19 +msgid "If you use them, select your :guilabel:`Worksheet Template`, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:-1 msgid "Product configuration to create tasks from sales orders in Odoo Field Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:23 -msgid "From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:25 +msgid "From the :doc:`Sales <../../sales/sales>` app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:-1 msgid "Field Service task on a sales order in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:34 +msgid "From helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:36 +msgid "The integration with the :doc:`Helpdesk <../helpdesk>` app lets your helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:40 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:42 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select a team and enable :guilabel:`Onsite Interventions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:-1 +msgid "Onsite interventions settings in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:49 +msgid "The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the :guilabel:`Plan Intervention` button. Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:-1 +msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" @@ -398,7 +405,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 msgid "Set up" msgstr "" @@ -639,6 +645,7 @@ msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_template`" msgstr "" @@ -675,57 +682,129 @@ msgid "Manually folding a stage from the kanban view will not close the tickets msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" +msgid "Customer ratings" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 -msgid "Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve the quality of your services." +msgid "Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers with a general overview of the team's performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +msgid "To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 msgid "Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the rating on ticket feature\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" +"in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 -msgid "To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit Stage*." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +msgid "To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +msgid "Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +msgid "Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets in a *folded stage* are considered closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +msgid "On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, click the arrow button to the right of the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 +msgid "Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to rate the support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 -msgid "Overview of a helpdesk team kanban view emphasizing the menu edit stage in Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 -msgid "Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, an email is sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 -msgid "View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo Helpdesk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 -msgid "Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 -msgid "View of the helpdesk ticket from a user’s portal emphasizing the link to the helpdesk team\n" -"in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgid "View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgid "After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +msgid "Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +msgid "After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting provides portal users with an overview of the ratings the team has received over the last thirty days. Specific written feedback will not be included; only statistics of the team's performance will be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +msgid "In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under :guilabel:`Visibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +msgid "Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to :guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on your website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +msgid "To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the :guilabel:`Managed By` field, they will be directed to a page with the team's ratings over the past thirty days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:-1 +msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 +msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +msgid "Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +msgid "To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +msgid "Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by :guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +msgid "Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:291 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 @@ -1079,10 +1158,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "As priority levels can be used as criteria for assigning :doc:`SLAs `, changing the priority level of a ticket can alter the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:291 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:292 msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ""